Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
Description
,. COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING NUCLEIC
ACIDS AND LIGANDS FOR THERAPEUTIC TREATMENT
Technical Field
The present invention relates generally to the trezltment of diseases, and
more specifically, to the p,~dLion and use of complexes CO~ g receptor-binding
intern~li7~1 ligands NABD and cytocide-encoding agents to alter the function, gene
10 expression, or viability of a cell in a therapeutic manner.
Back~round of the Invention
A major goal of tre~tment of neoplastic diseases and hyperproliL~,dliv~
disorders is to ablate the abnormally growing cells while leaving normal cells
15 untouched. Various methods are under development for providing tre~tment but none
provide the requisite degree of specificity.
One method of tre~tment is to provide toxins. Tmmnnotoxins and
cytotoxins are protein conjugates of toxin molecules with either antibodies or factors
which bind to receptors on target cells. Three major problems may limit the usefulness
20 of immunotoxins. First, the antibodies may react with more than one cell surface
molecule, thereby effecting delivery to multiple cell types, possibly including normal
cells. Second, even if the antibody is specific, the antibody reactive molecule may be
present on normal cells. Third, the toxin molecule may be toxic to cells prior to
delivery and inttorn~li7~tion. Cytotoxins suffer from similar disadvantages of specificity
25 and toxicity. Another limitation in the therapeutic use of immunotoxins and cytotoxins
is the relatively low ratio of therapeutic to toxic dosage. Additionally, it may be
difficult to direct sufficient concentrations of the toxin into the cytoplasm and
. intracellular col~ a. Llllents in which the agent can exert its desired activity.
Given these limitations, cytotoxic therapy has been attempted using viral
30 vectors to deliver DNA encoding the toxins into cells. If eukaryotic viruses are used,
such as the retroviruses currently in use, they may recombine with host DNA to produce
infectious virus. Moreover, because retroviral vectors are often inactivated by the
=
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36;~62 PCT/US96/07164
complement system, use in vivo is limitf~d Retroviral vectors also lack specificity in
delivery; receptors for most viral vectors are present on a large fraction, if not all, cells.
Thus, infection with such a viral vector will infect normal as well as abnormal cells.
Because of this general infection mech~ni~m, it is not desirable for the viral vector to
5 directly encode a cytotoxic molecule.
While delivery of nucleic acids offers advantages over delivery of
cytotoxic proteins such as reduced toxicity prior to int~rn~li7~tion~ there is a need for
high specificity of delivery, which is ~ull~nlly unavailable with the present systems.
In view of the problems associated with gene therapy, there is a
10 compelling need for h~ )ved trÇ~tment~ which are more effective and are not
associated with such disadvantages. The present invention exploits the use of
conjugates which have increased specificity and deliver higher amounts of nucleic acids
to targeted cells, while providing other related adv~nt~g~?s
1~ Summarv of the Invention
The present invention generally provides therapeutic cunll)osilions~ In
one aspect, the composition has the formula: receptor-binding intem~li7~fl
ligand--nucleic acid binding domain--cytocide-encoding agent. The receptor-binding
intlorn~li7l?d ligand is a polypeptide reactive with a cell surface receptor, the nucleic acid
20 binding domain binds to a nucleic acid, the cytocide-encoding agent is a nucleic acid
molecule encoding a cytocide and which binds to the nucleic acid binding domain, and
the composition binds to the cell surface receptor and intern~li7~c the cytocide-encoding
agent in cells bearing the receptor. In another aspect, the composition has the formula:
receptor-binding int~m~ d ligand-nucleic acid binding comain-prodrug-encoding
2~ agent.
In certain embofliment~, the receptor-binding intern~li7t-d ligand is a
polypeptide reactive with an FGF receptor, VEGF receptor, HBEGF receptor, or a
cytokine. In other embo-liment~, the cytocide-encoding agent encodes a protein that
inhibits protein synthesis and is preferably a ribosome inactivating protein, most
30 preferably saporin. The protein is gelonin or diphtheria toxin in other embo~1iment~ In
other embodiments, the prodrug-encoding agent encodes HSV-thymidine kinase.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
The nucleic acid binding domain is poly-L-lysine in one embodiment. In
other embo~liments, the nucleic acid binding domain is a transcription factor selected
from the group con.~i~tin~ of helix-turn-helix motif proteins, homeodomain proteins,
zinc finger motif proteins, steroid receptor proteins, leucine zipper motif proteins, helix-
5 loop-helix motif proteins, and 13-sheet motif proteins. In other embodiments, the
nucleic acid binding domain binds nonspecifically to nucleic acids and is selected from
the group con.~i~ting of poly-L-lysine, protamine, histone and spermine. In a pl~r~led
embodiment, the nucleic acid binding domain binds the coding region of a ribosome
inactivating protein such as saporin. In another pl~er~;.led embodiment, FGF is
10 conjugated to poly-L-lysine.
In yet other embo~liment~, the cytocide-encoding agent contains a tissue-
specific promoter, such as alpha-crystalline, gamma-cryst~lline, a-fetoprotein, CEA,
prostate-specific antigen, erbB-2, tyrosinase, a-actin, c-myc, VEGF receptor, FGF
receptor or cyclin D.
In another aspect, the composition also contains a linker. In various
embo-liment.c, the linker increases the flexibility of the conjugate and is (GlymSerp)n,
(Ala Ala Pro Ala)n, wherein n is 1 to 6, m is 1 to 6 and p is 1 to 4, or the linker is a
disulfide bond.
In yet another aspect, the composition has the formula: receptor-binding
20 int~rn~li7t?~1 ligand-cytocide encoding agent-nucleic acid binding domain, wherein the
receptor-binding intern~li7.-cl ligand is conjugated to the cytocide-encoding agent,
which is bound to the nucleic acid binding domain to form a complex.
In other aspects, the invention provides methods for preventing excessive
cell proliferation in the anterior eye following surgery, treating corneal clouding
25 following excimer laser surgery, preventing closure of a trabeculectomy, preventing
pterygii recurrence, treating hyperproliferative diseases in the back of the eye, such as
macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy and proliferative virtreal retinopathy,
treating smooth muscle cell hyperplasia after a wound healing response to a procedure,
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
e.g, vein grafting, endarterectomies and arteriovenous shunts and treating cancer. In
these aspects, an effective amount of the compositions described above are
~t1mini~tered.
5 Brief DescriPtion of the Drawin~s
Figure 1 is a photograph of an SDS-PAGE of FGF2-K152 under non-
re~ ing (left) and re~lllcing (right) conditions. Lane 1, FGF2-K152; lane 2, FGF2;
lane 3, FGF2-K152: lane 4, FGF2. The open arrow identifies m~t~n~l unable to enter
the gel. The closed arrow identifies a protein band corresponding to FGF2.
Figure 2 is a graph depicting the proliferation of bovine aortic
endothelial cells in response to FGF2 (closed box) and FGF2-K152 (open circle)
conjugate.
Figure 3 is a photograph of a gel showing the effects of various lengths
of poly-L-lysine on the ability to interact with DNA. Thirty-five ng of labeled DNA
were added to increasing concentrations of either FGF2 or FGF2-K: lanes 1, 0 ng;lanes 2, 0.1 ng; lanes 3, 1 ng; lanes 4, 10 ng; lanes 5, 20 ng; lanes 6, 35 ng; lanes 7,
100 ng. Panel A: FGF2; panel B, FGF2-K152; panel C, FGF2-K13; panel D, FGF2-
K84; panel E, EGF2-K267; panel F, FGF2-K39. The lengths of the digested DNA are
indicated.
Figure 4 is a chart depicting the activity of ,B-gal following transfection
of FGF2/poly-L-lysine/DNA,B-gal into COS cells. Lane 1, 10:1 (w/w) ratio of
FGF2/poly-L-lysine conjugate to DNA; lane 2, 5:1 ratio; lane 3, 2:1 ratio; lane 4, 1:1
ratio; lane 5, 0.5:1 ratio. The five bars, from left to right, are FGF2, FGF2-K13, FGF2-
K39, FGF2-K84, and FGF2-K152.
Figure 5 are photographs of toroid format observed by electron
microscopy. The upper panel shows an example of a toroid; the lower panel shows an
incomplete toroid.
Figure 6 is a graph depicting proliferation of bovine aortic-endothelial
cells. In the upper panel, cells were treated with FGF2-K152-DNA; in the lower panel,
cells were treated with a mixture of FGF2, K152, and DNA.
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
S
Figure 7A is a graph displaying ,B-gal activity after transfection of
FGF2/poly-L-lysine/pSV~-gal into COS cells (lane 1), B16 cells (lane 2), NIH 3T3cells (lane 3), and BHK cells (lane 4).
Figure 7B is a graph depicting ~-gal expression in COS cells, pSV,B-gal
S (lanes 1, 3) or pNASS~-gal (lanes 2, 4) were incubated with (lanes 1, 2) or without
(lanes 3, 4) FGF2-K84 and the complexes incubated on COS cells for 48 hrs.
Figure 7C is a graph showing activity of ,B-gal activity at various times
following transfection with either plasmid alone or with complexes of FGF2/K84/pSV
,~3-gal. -A-, DNA alone; ----, FGF2-K84-DNA.
Figure 7D is a graph showing 13-gal activity after transfection of various
concentrations of FGF2/K84/pSV13-gal. Lane 1, O~lg; lane 2, 0,l,~Lg; lane 3, l,ug; lane 4,
S,ug; lane 5, lO,ug.
Figure 8A is a graph showing 13-gal activity in COS cells following
transfection of FGF2-K84-pSV,B-gal (lane 1), FGF2+K84+pSV,13-gal (lane 2),
FGF2+pSV,B-gal (lane 3), K84+pSV,~-gal (lane 4); pSV,~-gal (lane 5), FGF2-K84
(lane 6), FGF2 (lane 7) and K84 (lane 8).
Figure 8B is a graph showing completion for cell bin~1ing~ Lane 1,
FGF2-K84-pSV,B-gal complex transfected into COS cells; lane 2, FGF2-K84-pSV,B-gal
plus 100 ,ug FGF2; lane 3, no complex.
Figure 8C is a graph showing the attenuation of ,B-gal activity upon the
addition of heparin during transfection. Lane 1, FGF2-K84-pSV~-gal+lO,ug heparin;
lane 2, FGF2-K84-pSV~3-gal; lane 3, heparin alone; lane 4, pSV,B-gal alone.
Figure 8D is a graph showing ligand targeting of DNA, pSV~-gal DNA
alone (lane 1), FGF2-K84 (lane 2), histone Hl-K84 (lane 3) and cytochrome C-K84
(lane 4) were conclen~ecl with pSV~-gal DNA and added to BHK cells. 13-gal activity
was measured 48 hr later.
Figure 9A is a graph showing the effect of chloroquine on ~-gal
expression, pSV13-gal and FGF2-K84 were mixed in the absence (lane 1) or presence
(lane 2) of 100 ~LM chloroquine and incubated for 1 hr at room temperature prior to
addition of the complexes to COS cells. Lane 3, chloroquine alone; lane 4, DNA alone.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
Figure 9B is a graph showing the effect of endosome disruptive peptide
on ,B-gal t~ s~ion. Lane 1, control; lane 2, FGF2-K84-pSV~13-gal; lane 3, FGF2-K84-
pSV,B-gal+EDP.
Figure 9C are photographs of cells stained for ,B-gal activity following
5 transfection of COS cells with (right panel) or without (left panel) endosome disruptive
peptide and FGF2-K84-pSV,[~-gal.
Figure 10 is a photograph of a fluorograph analyzing cell-free translation
products. Lane 1, no RNA; lane 2, saporin RNA; lane 3, luciferase RNA; lane 4,
saporin RNA and luciferase RNA; lane 5, saporin RNA followed 30 min later with
10 luciferase RNA.
Figure 11 is a graph depicting direct ~;yLolo2~icity of cells transfected by a
CaPO4 with an expression vector encoding saporin. Lane 1, mock transfection; lane 2,
transfection with pSV~-gal; lane 3, transfection with saporin-co~ g vector.
Figure 12 is a pair of graphs showing cytotoxicity of cells transfected
15 with FGF2-K84-pSVSAP. Left panel, BHK21 cells; right panel, NIH 3T3 cells. Lane
1, FGF2-K84-pSV~-gal; lane 2, FGF2-K84-pSVSAP.
Figure 13A is a graph showing 13-gal activity with an endosome
disruptive peptide in the complex.
Figure 13B is a graph showing ,B-gal activity with an endosome
20 disruptive peptide in the complex.
Figure 13C is a graph showing ,B-gal activity with an endosome
disruptive peptide in the complex.
Detailed Description of the Invention
25 Definitions
All U.S. patents and all publications mentioned herein are incorporated
in their entirety by reference thereto.
The "amino acids," which occur in the various amino acid sequences
appearing herein, are identified according to their well known, three letter or one letter
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
abbreviations. The nucleotides, which occur in the various DNA fragments, are
~le~ign~ted with the standard single letter designations used routinely in the art.
As used herein, to "bind to a receptor" refers to the ability of a ligand to
specifically recognize and detectably bind to such receptors, as assayed by standard
in vitro assays. For example, as used herein, binding measures the capacity of a VEGF
conjugate, VEGF monomer, or VEGF dimer to recognize a VEGF receptor on a
vascular endothelial cell, such as an aortic vascular endothelial cell line, using a
procedure substantially as described in Moscatelli, J. Cell Physiol. 131:123-130, 1987.
As used herein, "biological activity" refers to the in vivo activities of a
compound or physiological responses that result upon in vivo sl~lmini~tration of a
c~mpound, composition or other ~ Lure. Biological activity thus encompasses
therapeutic effects and ph~rm~ce.utical activity of such compounds, compositions and
mixtures. Such biological activity may be defined with reference to particular in vitro
activities as measured in a defined assay. For example, reference herein to the
biological activity of FGF, or fr~gment~ of FGF, refers to the ability of FGF to bind to
cells bearing FGF receptors and int~rn~li7P a linked agent. Such activity is typically
zleses.~e-1 in vitro by linking the FGF to a cytotoxic agent, such as saporin, contacting
cells bearing FGF receptors, such as fibroblasts, with the conjugate and ~ses~in~ cell
proliferation or growth. In vivo activity may be determined using recognized animal
models, such as the mouse xenograft model for anti-tumor activity (see, e.g, Beitz et
al., Cancer Research 52:227-230, 1992; Houghton et al., Cancer Res. 42:535-539,
1982; Bogden et al., Cancer (Philadelphia) 48:10-20, 1981; Hoogenhout et al., Int. J.
Radiat. Oncol., Biol. Phys. 9:871-879, 1983; Stastny et al., Cancer Res. 53:5740-5744,
1993).
As used herein, reference to the "biological activity of a cytocide-
encoding agent," such as DNA encoding saporin, refers to the ability of such agent to
interfere with the metabolism of the cell by inhibiting protein synthesis. Such
biological or cytotoxic activity may be assayed by any method known to those of skill
in the art including, but not limited to, in vitro assays that measure protein synthesis and
in vivo assays that assess cytotoxicity by measuring the effect of a test compound on
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
cell proliferation or on protein synthesis. Assays that assess cytotoxicity in targeted
cells are particularly plc;r~,..ed.
As used herein, a "conjugate" refers to a molecule that contains at least
one receptor-int~rn~1i7l?~1 binding ligand and at least one nucleic acid binding domain
5 that are linked directly or via a linker and that are produced by chemical coupling
methods or by recombinant expression of chimeric DNA molecules to produce fusionproteins.
A "cytocide-encoding agent" is a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a
protein that inhibits protein synthesis. Such a protein may act by cleaving rRNA or
10 ribonucloprotein, inhibiting an elongation factor, cleaving mRNA, or other mech~ni~m
that reduces protein synthesis to a level such that the cell cannot survive. The cytocide-
encoding agent may contain additional elements besides the cytocide gene. Such
element~ include a promoter, enh~n-~t?r, splice sites, transcription termin~t- r, poly(A)
signal sequence, b~''tlori~l or m~mm~ n origins of replication, selection markers, and
15 the like.
As used herein, the term "cytotoxic agent" refers to a molecule capable
of inhibiting cell function. The agent may inhibit proliferation or may be toxic to cells.
A variety of cytotoxic agents can be used and include those that inhibit proteinsynthesis and those that inhibit expression of certain genes essential for cellular growth
20 or survival. Cytotoxic agents include those that result in cell death and those that
inhibit cell growth, proliferation and/or dirre.~llLiation.
As used herein, cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, saporin,
the ricins, abrin and other ribosome inactivating proteins (RIPs), aquatic-derived
cytotoxins, Pseudomonas exotoxin, inhibitors of DNA, RNA or protein synthesis, such
25 as antisense nucleic acids, other metabolic inhibitors, such as DNA cleaving molecules,
prodrugs, such as thymidine kinase from HSV and bacterial cytosine ~lczlrnin~ce, and
light activated porphyrin. While saporin is the ~lefc,l~d RIP, other suitable RlPs
include ricin, ricin A chain, maize RIP, gelonin, diphtheria toxin, diphtheria toxin A
chain, trichos~nthin, tritin, pokeweed antiviral protein (PAP), mirabilis antiviral protein
30 (MAP), Di~nthin~ 32 and 30, abrin. monordin, bryodin, shiga, a catalytic inhibitor of
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
protein biosynthesis from cucumber seeds (see, e.g, WO 93/24620), Pseudomonas
exotoxin, biologically active fragments of cytotoxins and others known to those of skill
in this art. Suitable cytotoxic agents also include cytotoxic molecules that inhibit
cellular metabolic processes, including transcription, translation, biosynthetic or
degradative ~dLhwdy~, DNA synthesis, and other such processes that kill cells or inhibit
cell proliferation.
"Heparin-binding growth factor" refers to any member of a family of
heparin-binding growth factor proteins, in which at least one member of the family
binds heparin. Plt;f~ d growth factors in this regard include FGF, VEGF, and
HBEGF. Such growth factors encompass isoforms, peptide fr~E~ment.~ derived from a
family member, splice variants, and single or multiple exons, some forms of which may
not bind heparin.
As used herein, to "hybridize" under conditions of a specified stringency
is used to describe the stability of hybrids formed between two single-stranded nucleic
acid molecules. Stringency of hybridization is typically expressed in conditions of ionic
strength and telll~;ldLule at which such hybrids are annealed and washed. Typically
high, medium and low stringency encompass the following conditions or equivalentconditions thereto:
1) high stringency: 0.1 x SSPE or SSC, 0.1% SDS, 65~C
2) medium stringency: 0.2 x SSPE or SSC, 0.1% SDS, 50~C
3) low stringency: 1.0 x SSPE or SSC, 0.1% SDS, 50~C.
"Nucleic acid binding domain" (NABD) refers to a molecule, usually a
protein, polypeptide, or peptide (but may also be a polycation) that binds nucleic acids,
such as DNA or RNA. The NABD may bind to single or double strands of RNA or
DNA or mixed RNA/DNA hybrids. The nucleic acid binding domain may bind to a
specific sequence or bind irrespective of the sequence.
As used herein, "nucleic acids" refer to RNA or DNA that are inten(let1
for internalization into a cell and includes, but are not limited to, DNA encoding a
therapeutic protein, DNA encoding a cytotoxic protein, DNA encoding a prodrug, DNA
encoding a cytocide, the complement of these DNAs, an antisense nucleic acid and
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
other such molecules. Reference to nucleic acids includes duplex DNA, single-stranded
DNA, RNA in any form, including triplex, duplex or single-stranded RNA, anti-sense
RNA, polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, single nucleotides, chimeras, and derivatives
thereof. ,,
Nucleic acids may be composed of the well-known deoxyribonucleotides
and ribonucleotides composed of the bases adenosine, cytosine, guanine, thymi~iin~ and
uridine. As well, various other nucleotide derivatives and non-phosphate backbones or
phosphate-derivative backbones may be used. For example, because norrnal
phosphodiester oligonucleotides (referred to as PO oligonucleotides) are sensitive to
10 DNA- and RNA-specific nucleases, several resistant types of oligonucleotides have
been developed in which the phosphate group has been altered to a phosphotriester,
methylphosphonate, or phosphorothioate (see U.S. Patent No. 5,218,088).
As used herein, "operative linkage" or operative association of
heterologous DNA to regulatory and effector sequences of nucleotides, such as
15 promoters, enhancers, transcriptional and translational stop sites, refers to the functional
relationship between such DNA and such sequences of nucleotides. For exarnple,
operative linkage of heterologous DNA to a promoter refers to the physical and
functional relationship between the DNA and the promoter such that the transcription of
such DNA is initi~tt-rl from the promoter by an RNA polymerase that specifically20 recognizes, binds to and transcribes the DNA in reading frame.
As used herein, the term "polypeptide reactive with an FGF receptor"
refers to any polypeptide that specifically interacts with an FGF receptor, preferably the
high-affinity FGF receptor and that is transported into the cell by virtue of its
interaction with the FGF receptor. Polypeptides reactive with an FGF receptor are also
25 called FGF proteins. Such polypeptides include, but are not limited to, FGF-l to FGF-
9. For example, bFGF (FGF-2) should be generally understood to refer to polypeptides
having substantially the same amino acid sequences and receptor-targeting activity as
that of bovine bFGF or human bFGF. It is understood that differences in amino acid
sequences can occur among FGFs of different species as well as among FGFs *om
30 individual org~ni~mc or species. In addition, chimeras or hybrids of any of FGF-l
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
through FGF-9, or FGFs that have deletions (see, e.g, PCT Application No. WO
90/02800), insertions or substitutions of amino acids are within the scope of FGF
proteins, as long as the resulting peptide or protein specifically interacts with an FGF
receptor and is int~rn~li7~cl by virtue of this interaction.
As used herein, a "prodrug" is a compound that metabolizes or otherwise
converts an inactive, nontoxic compound to a biologically, rhz~rm~ eutically,
therapeutically, of toxic active form of the compound. A prodrug may also be a
ph~rm~reutically inactive compound that is modified upon ~lmini~tration to yield an
active compound through metabolic or other processes. The prodrug may alter the
metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, mask side effects or
toxicity, improve or alter other characteristics or properties of a drug. By virtue of
knowledge of rh~rm~odynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, those of skill
in this art, once a rhz~rm~e~ltically active compound is known, can design inactive
forms of the compound (see, e.g, Nogrady, Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical
Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392, 1985).
As used herein, "receptor-binding intçrn~li7~(1 ligand" or "ligand" refers
to any peptide, polypeptide, protein or non-protein, such as a peptidomimetic, that is
capable of binding to a cell-surface molecule and is intern~li7t-~l Within the context of
this invention, the receptor-binding int~rn~li7t?rl ligand is conjugated to a nucleic acid
binding domain, either as a fusion protein or through chemical conjugation, and is used
to deliver a cytocide-encoding or pro-drug encoding agent to a cell. In one aspect, the
ligand is directly conjugated to a nucleic acid molecule, which may be further
complexed with a nucleic acid binding domain. Such ligands include growth factors,
cytokines, antibodies or fragments thereof, hormones, and the like.
As used herein, "saporin" (abbreviated herein as SAP) refers to
polypeptides that are isolated from the leaves or seeds of Saponaria off cinalis, as well
as modified forms that have amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions or additions,
which still express substantial ribosome inactivating activity. Purified preparations of
saporin are frequently observed to include several molecular isoforms of the protein. It
is understood that differences in amino acid sequences can occur in saporin from
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96136362 PCrlUS96/07164
different species as well as between saporin molecules from individual or~ni~m~ of the
same species. Saporin for use herein may be purified from leaves, chemically
synthe~i7P~I, or synthesized by e~plession of DNA encoding a saporin polypeptide.
AS used herein, a "targeted agent" is a nucleic acid molecule that is
S intPn~ 1 for intt?rn~li7~tion by complexing or linkage to a receptor-binding intern~li7P~1
ligand, and nucleic acid binding domain, and that upon intprn~li7~tion in some manner
alters or affects cellular metabolism, growth, activity, viability or other property or
characteristic of the cell.
AS used herein, a "therapeutic nucleic acid" describes any nucleic acid
molecule used in the context of the invention that modifies gene transcription or
translation. This term also includes nucleic acids that bind to sites on proteins. It
includes, but is not limited to, the following types of nucleic acids: nucleic acids
encoding a protein, ~nti~.?n~e RNA, DNA intended to form triplex molecules,
extracellular protein binding oligonucleotides, and small nucleotide molecules. A
therapeutic nucleic acid may be used to effect genetic therapy by serving as a
repl~cemP.nt for a defective gene, by encoding a therapeutic product, such as I~NF, or by
encoding a cytotoxic molecule, especially an enzyme, such as saporin. The thc~eutic
nucleic acid may encode all or a portion of a gene, and may function by recombining
with DNA already present in a cell, thereby replacing a defective portion of a gene. It
may also encode a portion of a protein and exert its effect by virtue of co-suppression of
a gene product.
PREPARATION OF RECEPTOR-BINDING INTERNALIZED LIGAND, NUCLEIC ACID BINDING
DOMAIN AND CYTOCIDE_ENCODING AGENT COMPLEXES
AS noted above, the present invention provides cytocide-encoding agents
complexed with a conjugate of a receptor-binding internzlli7~d ligand and a nucleic acid
binding domain. Upon binding to an a~ o~liate receptor, the complex is intern~li7.?~1
by the cell and is trafficked through the cell via the endosomal compartment, where at
least a portion of the complex may be cleaved.
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
13
A. Receptor-bindin~ intern~li7~?rl li~ands
As noted above, receptor-binding intern~li7~cl ligands are used to deliver
a cytocide-encoding agent to a cell ~x~les~ g an ~plupfiate receptor on its cell. surface. Numerous molecules that bind specific receptors have been identified and are
suitable for use in the present invention. Such molecules include growth factors,
cytokines, and antibodies. Many growth factors and families of growth factors share
structural and functional features and may be used in the present invention. One such
family of growth factors specifically binds to hep~rin The ability of heparin-binding
growth factors to interact with heparin appears in general to be a reflection of a
physiologically more relevant interaction occurring in vivo between these factors and
heparin sulfate proteoglycan molecules, which are found on the surface of cells and in
extracellular matrix. Heparin-binding growth factors include the fibroblast growth
factors FGF-l through FGF-9, vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), and heparin
binding-epidermal growth factor (HBEGF). Antibodies that are specific to cell surface
molecules expressed by a selected cell type are readily generated as monoclonals or
polyclonal antisera. Many such antibodies are available (e.g, American Type Culture
Collection, Rockville, MD). Other growth factors, such as PDGF (platelet-derivedgrowth factor), EGF (epidermal growth factor), TGF-a (tumor growth factor), TGF-~,
IGF-I (insulin-like growth factor), and IGF-II also bind to specific identified receptors
on cell surfaces and may be used in the present invention. Cytokines, including
interleukins, CSFs (colony stimulating factors), and h,lelrelolls, have specific receptors,
which are mostly found on hematopoeitic cells, and may be used as described herein.
These ligands are discussed in more detail below.
Fragments of these ligands may be used within the present invention, so
long as the fragment retains the ability to bind to the ~lvpliate cell surface molecule.
Likewise, ligands with substitutions or other alterations, but which retain binding
ability, may also be used.
1. Fibroblast ~rowth factors
One family of growth factors that has a broad spectrum of activities is
the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family. These proteins share the ability to bind to
= ~
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
heparin, induce intracellular receptor-mediated tyrosine phosphorylation and the~res~ion of the c-fos mRNA transcript, and stimulate DNA synthesis and cell
proliferation. This farnily of proteins includes FGFs ~lecign~te~l FGF-1 (acidic FGF
(aFGF)), FGF-2 (basic FGF (bFGF)), FGF-3 (int-2) (see, e.g, Moore et al., EMBO
5 5:919-924, 1986), FGF-4 (hst-1/K-FGF) (see, e.g, !~k~moto et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 86:1836-1840, 1986; U.S. PatentNo. 5,126,323), FGF-5 (see, e.g., U.S. Patent
No. 5,155,217), FGF-6 (hst-2) (see, e.g, published European Application EP 0 488 196
A2; Uda et al., Oncogene 7:303-309, 1992), FGF-7 (keratinocyte growth factor) (KGF)
(see, e.g, Finch et al., Science 245:752-755, 1985; Rubin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
0 USA ~6:802-806, 1989; and Tnt~rn~tional Application WO 90/08771), FGF-8 (see, e.g,
Tanaka et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:8528-8532, 1992); and FGF-9 (see,
Miyarnotoetal., Mol. Cell.Biol. 13:4251-4259, 1993).
DNA encoding FGF peptides and/or the arnino acid sequences of FGFs
are known to those of skill in the art. DNA encoding an FGF may be prepared
15 synthetically based on a known arnino acid or DNA sequence, isolated using methods
known to those of skill in the art, or obtained ~om cornmercial or other sources. DNA
encoding virtually all of the FGF family of peptides is known. For example, DNA
encoding human FGF-1 (Jaye et al., Science 233:541-545, 1986; U.S. Patent
No. 5,223,483), bovine FGF-2 (Abraharn et al., Science 233:545-548, 1986; Esch et al.,
20 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6507-6511, 1985; and U.S. Patent No. 4,956,455),
human FGF-2 (Abraham et al., EMBO J. 5:2523-2528, 1986; U.S. Patent
No. 4,994,559; U.S. Patent No. 5,155,214; EP 470,183B; and Abraham et al., Quant.
Biol. 51:657-668, 1986) and rat FGF-2 (see Shim~ ki et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Comm., 1988, and Kurokawa et al., N7lcleic Acids Res. 16:5201, 1988), FGF-3, FGF-6,
25 FGF-7 and FGF-9 are known (see also U.S. Patent No. 5,155,214; U.S. Patent
No. 4,956,455; U.S. Patent No. 5,026,839; U.S. Patent No. 4,994,559,
EP 0,488,196 A2, DNASTAR, EMBL or GenBank databases, and references discussed
above and below). DNA encoding an FGF may be produced from any of the prece-lingDNA fragments by substitution of degenerate codons. It is understood that once the
30 complete amino acid sequence of a peptide, such as an FGF peptide, and the DNA
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
=
fragment encoding such peptide are available to those of skill in this art, it is routine to
substitute degenerate codons and produce any of the possible DNA fr~gment~ that
encode such peptide. It is also generally possible to synthesi7~ DNA encoding such
peptide based on the amino acid sequence.
Thus, as used herein, "FGF" refers to polypeptides having amino acid
- sequences of native FGF proteins, as well as modified sequences, having amino acid
substitutions, deletions, insertions or additions in the native protein but ~ the
ability to bind to FGF receptors and to be intt?rn~li7Ptl It is Imflerstood that differences
in amino acid sequences can occur among FGFs of different species as well as among
FGFs from individual org~ni~m~ or species.
Reference to FGFs is intende~l to encompass proteins isolated from
natural sources as well as those made synthetically, as by recombinant means or
possibly by chemical synthesis. FGF also encompasses muteins that possess the ability
to bind to FGF-receptor expressing cells. Such muteins inchl~le, but are not limited to,
those produced by replacing one or more of the cysteines with serine as described
herein or that have any other amino acids deleted or replaced as long as the resulting
protein has the ability to bind to FGF-receptor bearing cells and int~rn~li7~- the linked
targeted agent. Typically, such mlltein~ will have conservative amino acid changes,
such as those set forth below in Table 1. DNA encoding such muteins will, unlessmodified by replacement of degenerate codons, hybridize under conditions of at least
low stringency to native DNA sequence encoding the starting FGF.
Acidic and basic FGF are about 55% identical at the amino acid level
and are highly conserved among species. The other members of the FGF i~amily have a
high degree of amino acid sequence similarities and common physical and biological
properties with FGF-l and FGF-2, including the ability to bind to one or more FGF
receptors. Basic FGF, int-2, hst-l/K-FGF, FGF-5, hst-2/FGF-6 and FGF-8 may have
oncogenic potential; bFGF is expressed in melanomas, int-2 is expressed in m~mm~ry
tumor virus and hst-l/K-FGF is expressed in angiogenic tumors. Acidic FGF, bFGF,KGF and FGF-9 are expressed in normal cells and tissues.
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCT~US96/07164
16
FGFs exhibit a mitogenic effect on a wide variety of mesenchymal,
endocrine and neural cells and are also important in differentiation and development.
Of particular interest is their stimulatory effect on collateral vasc~ n7~ion and
angiogenesis. In some instances, FGF-in~ re~ mitogenic stimlll~tion may be
S detrimental. For example, cell proliferation and angiogenesis are an integral aspect of
tumor growth. Members of the FGF family, including bFGF, are thought to play a
pathophysiological role, for example, in tumor development, rheumatoid arthritis,
proliferative diabetic retinopathies and other complications of diabetes.
The effects of FGFs are m~ tt?d by high affinity receptor tyrosine
10 kinases present on the cell surface of FGF-responsive cells (see, e.g., PCT WO
91/00916, WO 90/05522, PCT WO 92/12948; Imamura et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Comm. 155:583-590, 1988, Huang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 261:9568-9571, 1986; Partanen
etal.,EMBO~ 10:1347, l991,andMoscatelli,J. Cell. P~ysiol. 131:123, 1987). Lower
affinity receptors also appear to play a role in me~ ting FGF activities. The high
15 affinity receptor proteins are single chain polypeptides with molecular weights ranging
from 110 to 150 kD, depending on cell type that constitute a family of structurally
related FGF receptors. Four FGF receptor genes have been identified, and three of
these genes generate multiple mRNA transcripts via alternative splicing of the primary
transcript.
2. Vascular endothelial ~rowth factors
Vascular endothelial growth factors (VEGFs) were identified by their
ability to directly stimulate endothelial cell growth, but do not appear to have mitogenic
effects on other types of cells. VEGFs also cause a rapid and reversible increase in
25 blood vessel permeability. The members of this family have been referred to variously
as vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), vascular permeability factor (VPF) and
vasculotropin (see, e.g, Plouet et al., EMBO ~ 8:3801-3806, 1989). Herein, they are
collectively referred to as VEGF.
VEGF was originally isolated from a guinea pig heptocarcinoma cell
30 line, line 10 (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,456,550), and has subsequently been identified
in humans and in normal cells. It is expressed during normal development and in
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
17
certain normal adult organs. Purified VEGF is a basic, heparin-binding, homodimeric
glyco~ tehl that is heat-stable, acid-stable and may be inactivated by ret11l~inp; agents.
DNA sequences encoding VEGF and methods to isolate these sequences
. may be found primarily in U.S. Patent No. 5,240,848, U.S. Patent No. 5,332,671, U.S.
5 Patent No.5,219,739, U.S. Patent No.5,194,596, and Houch etal., Mol. Endocrin.5:180, 1991. As used herein, "DNA encoding a VEGF peptide or polypeptide" refers to
any of the DNA fr~gment~ set forth herein as coding such peptides, to any such DNA
fr~gments known to those of skill in the art, any DNA fragment that encodes a VEGF
that binds to a VEGF receptor and is intern~li7~1 thereby. VEGF DNA may be isolated
10 from a human cell library, for example, using any of the precet1in~ DNA fr~gment~ as a
probe or any DNA fragment that encodes any of the VEGF peptides set forth in SEQ ID
NOs. 1-4. It is understood that once the complete amino acid sequence of a peptide,
such as a VEGF peptide, and the DNA fragment encoding such peptide are available to
those of skill in this art, it is routine to substitute degenerate codons and produce any of
15 the possible DNA fr~gment~ that encode such peptide. It is also generally possible to
synthe~i7~ DNA encoding such peptide based on the amino acid sequence.
VEGF family members arise from a single gene org~ni7~o~1 as eight exons
and ~ g approximately 14 kb in the human genome. Four molecular species of
VEGF result from alternative splicing of mRNA and contain 121, 165, 189 and 206
20 amino acids. The four species have similar biological activities, but differ markedly in
their secretion patterns. The predominant isoform secreted by a variety of normal and
transformed cells is VEGFI65. Transcripts encoding VEGFl2~ and VEGFl89 are
detectable in most cells and tissues that express the VEGF gene. In contrast, VEGF206 is
less abundant and has been identified only in a human fetal liver cDNA library.
25 VEGFl2l is a weakly acidic polypeptide that lacks the heparin binding domain and,
consequently, does not bind to heparin. VEGFl89 and VEGF206 are more basic than
VEGFl65 and bind to heparin with greater affinity. Although not every identified VEGF
isoform binds heparin, all isoforms are considered to be heparin-binding growth factors
within the context of this invention.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
18
The secreted isoforms, VEGFI2, and VEGFI65 are plcrellcd VEGF
proteins. The longer isoforms, VEGFI89 and VEGF206, are almost completely bound to
the extracellular matrix and need to be released by an agent, such as sllr~rnin, heparin or
hep~rin~ce7 or plasmin. Other ~lcrellcd VEGF proteins contain various combinations
S of VEGF exons, such that the protein still binds VEGF receptor and is int~ rrl~li7~1 It is
not necessary that a VEGF protein used in the context of this invention either retain any
of its in vivo biological activities, such as stim~ ting endothelial cell growth, or bind
heparin. It is only n~cPss~ry that the VEGF protein or fragment thereof bind the VEGF
receptor and be intern~li7.o~1 into the cell bearing the receptor. However, it may be
10 desirable in certain contexts for VEGF to m~nifest certain of its biological activities.
For example, if VEGF is used as a carrier for DNA encoding a molecule useful in
wound healing, it would be desirable that VEGF exhibit vessel permeability activity and
promotion of fibroblast migration and angiogenesis. It will be a~ clll from the
tç~ching.c provided within the subject application which of the activities of VEGF are
15 desirable to m~int~in
VEGF promotes an array of responses in endothelium, including blood
vessel hyperpermeability, endothelial cell growth, angiogenesis, and enhanced glucose
transport. VEGF stimulates the growth of endothelial cells from a variety of sources
(including brain capillaries, fetal and adult aortas, and urnbilical veins) at low
20 concentrations, but is reported to have no effect on the growth of vascular smooth
muscle cells, adrenal cortex cells, keratinocytes, lens epithelial cells, or BHK-2 1
fibroblasts. VEGF also is a potent polypeptide regulator of blood vessel function; it
causes a rapid but transient increase in microvascular permeability without c~llcing
endothelial cell damage or mast cell degranulation, and its action is not blocked by
25 ~ntihict:~min~c VEGF has also been reported to induce monocyte migration and
activation and has been implicated as a tumor angiogenesis factor in some human
gliomas. Also, VEGF is a chemoattractant for monocytes and VEGF has been shown to
enhance the activity of the infl~mm~tory mediator tumor necrosis factor (TNF).
Quiescent and proliferating endothelial cells display high-affinity
30 binding to VEGF, and endothelial cell responses to VEGF appear to be mediated by
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
19
high affinity cell surface receptors (see, e.g, Tntern~tional Application WO 92/14748,
which is based on U.S. Applications Serial No. 08/657,236, de Vries et al., Science
255:989-91, 1992, Terman et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 187:1579-1586,
1992, Kendall et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10705-10709, 1993; and Peters et
5 al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:8915-8919, 1993). Two tyrosine kinases have been
identified as VEGF receptors. The first, known as fms-like tyrosine kinase or FLT is a
receptor tyrosine kinase that is specific for VEGF. In adult and embryonic tissues,
expression of FLT mRNA is localized to the endothelium and to populations of cells
that give rise to endothelium. The second receptor, KDR (human kinase insert domain-
10 co.~ receptor), and its mouse homologue FLK-l, are closely related to FLT. The
KDR/FLK-l receptor is expressed in endothelium during the fetal growth stage, during
earlier embryonic development, and in adult tissues. In addition, messenger RNA
encoding FLT ar d KDR have been identified in tumor blood vessels and specifically by
endothelial cells of blood vessels supplying glioblastomas. Similarly, FLT and KDR
15 mRNAs are upregulated in tumor blood vessels in invasive human colon
adenocarcinoma, but not in the blood vessels of adjacent normal tissues.
3. Heparin-bindin~ epidermal ~rowth factors
Several new mitogens in the epidermal growth factor protein family have
20 recently been identified that display the ability to bind the glycosaminoglycan heparin.
Among these is the mitogen known as heparin-binding EGF-like growth factor
(HBEGF), which elutes from heparin-SepharoseTM columns at about 1.0 - 1.2 M NaCland which was first identified as a secreted product of cultured human monocytes,
macrophages, and the macrophage-like U-937 cell line (Higashiyama et al., ~Science
25 251:936-939, 1991, Besner et al., Cell Regul. 1:811-19, 1990). HBEGF has beenshown to interact with the same high affinity receptors as EGF on bovine aortic smooth
muscle cells and human A431 epidermoid carcinoma cells (Higashiyama, Science
251:936-939, 1991).
HBEGFs exhibit a mitogenic effect on a wide variety of cells including
30 BALB/c 3T3 fibroblast cells and smooth muscle cells, but unlike VEGFs, are not
mitogenic for endothelial cells (Higashiyama et al., Science 251:936-939, 1991).
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTfUS96/07164
HBEGF also has a ~tim~ tQry effect on collateral vasc~ n7~tion and angiogenesis.Members of the HBEGF family are thought to play a pathophysiological role, for
example, in a variety of tumors, such as bladder carcinomas, breast tumors and non-
small cell lung tumors. Thus, these cell types are likely candidates for delivery of
5 cytocide-encoded agents.
HBEGF isolated from U-937 cells is heterogeneous in structure and
contains at least 86 amino acids and two sites of O-linked glycosyl groups
(Higashiyama et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:6205-6212, 1992). The carboxyl-termin~l half
of the secreted HBEGF shares approximately 35% sequence identity with human EGF,10 including six cysteines spaced in the pattern characteristic of members of the EGF
protein family. In contrast, the amino-tt?rmin~l portion of the mature factor ischar~cteri7~1 by stretches of hydrophilic residues and has no structural equivalent in
EGF. Site-directed mutagenesis of HBEGF and studies with peptide fr~gment~ have
indicated that the heparin-binding sequences of HBEGF reside primarily in a 21 amino
15 acid stretch upstream of and slightly overlapping the EGF-like domain.
The effects of HBEGFs are mediated by EGF receptor tyrosine kinases
expressed on cell surfaces of HBEGF-responsive cells (see, e.g, U.S. Patent Nos.5,183,884 and 5,218,090, and Ullrich et al., Nature 309:4113-425, 1984). The EGFreceptor proteins, which are single chain polypeptides with molecular weights 170 kD,
20 constitute a family of structurally related EGF receptors. Cells known to express the
EGF receptors include smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, keratinocytes, and numerous
human cancer cell lines, such as the: A431 (epidermoid); KB3-1 (epidermoid); COLO
205 (colon); CRL 1739 (gastric); HEP G2 (hepatoma); LNCAP (prostate); MCF-7
(breast); MDA-MB-468 (breast); NCI 417D (lung); MG63 (osteosarcoma); U-251
25 (glioblastoma); D-54MB (glioma); and SW-13 (adrenal).
For the purposes of this invention, HBEGF need only bind a specific
HBEGF receptor and be intern~li7~1 Any member of the HBEGF family, whether or
not it binds heparin, is useful within the context of this invention as long as it meets the
requirements set forth above. Members of the HBEGF family are those that have
30 sufficient nucleotide identity to hybridize under nolmal stringency conditions (typically
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
greater than 75% nucleotide identity). Subfragments or subportions of a full-length
HBEGF may also be desirable. One skilled in the art may find from the te~chin~s
provided within that certain biological activities are more or less desirable, depending
upon the application.
DNA encoding an HBEGF peptide or polypeptide refers to any DNA
fragment encoding an HBEGF, as defined above. Exemplary DNA fr~gmentc include:
any such DNA fr~gment~ known to those of skill in the art; any DNA fragment thatencodes an HBEGF or fragment that binds to an HBEGF receptor and is int~?rn~li7~cl
thereby, and any DNA fragment that encodes any of the HBEGF polypeptides set forth
in SEQ ID NOs. 5-8. Such DNA sequences encoding HBEGF friqEment~ are available
from publicly ~ccessihle ~l~t~h~es, such as: EMBL, GenBank (Accession Nos. M93012
(monkey) and M60278 (human)), the plasmid pMTN-HBEGF (ATCC #40900) and
pAX-HBEGF (ATCC #40899) (described in PCT Application WO/92/06705), and
Abraham et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 190:125-133, 1993). Unless modifiedby repl~ m~nt of degenerate codons, DNA encoding HBEGF polypeptides will
hybridize under conditions of at least low stringency to DNA encoding a native human
HBEGF (e g, SEQ ID NO. 9). In addition, any DNA fragment that may be produced
from any of the prece~lin~ DNA fragments by substitution of degenerate codons is also
contemplated for use herein. It is understood that since the complete amino acidsequence of HBEGF polypeptides, and DNA frs-gment~ encoding such peptides, are
available to those of skill in this art, it is routine to substitute degenerate codons and
produce any of the possible DNA fragments that encode such HBEGF polypeptides. It
is also generally possible to synthe~i7~ DNA encoding such peptides based on theamino acid sequence.
4. Other receptor-bindin~ intern~li7~ d li~ands
Other receptor-binding ligands may be used in the present invention.
Any protein, polypeptide, analogue, or fragment that binds to a cell-surface receptor and
is intern~li7t?t1 may be used. In general, in addition to the specific heparin-binding
growth factors discussed above, other growth factors and cytokines are especially well
suited for use. These ligands may be produced by recombinant or other means in
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 9''36362 PCT/US96/07164
preparation for conjugation to the nucleic acid binding domain. The DNA sequences
and methods to obtain the sequences of these receptor-binding intf~ i7~ ligands are
well known. For example, these ligands include CSF-l (GenBank Accession Nos.
M11038, M37435; Kawasaki et al., Science 230:291-296, 1985; Wong et al., Science5 235:1504-1508, 1987); GM-CSF (GenBank Accession No.X03021; Miyatake et al.,
EMBO J: 4:2561-2568, 1985); IFN-a (interferon) (GenBank Accession No. A02076;
Patent No. WO 8502862-A, July 4, 1985); IFN-~ (GenBank Accession No. A02137;
Patent No. WO 8502624-A, June 20, 1985); hepatoc,vte growth factor (GenBank
Accession No. X16323, S80567, X57574; Nakamura, et al., Nature 342:440-443, 1989;
10 Nakamura et al., Prog Growth FactorRes. 3:67-85, 1991; Miyazawa et al., Eur. J.
Biochem. 197:15-22, 1991); IGF-Ia (Insulin-like growth factor Ia) (GenBank Accession
No. X56773, S61841; Sandberg-Nordqvist et al., Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 12:275-
277, 1992; Sandberg, Sandberg-Nordqvist et al., Cancer Res. 53:2475-2478, 1993);IGF-Ib (GenBank Accession No. X56774 S61860; Sandberg-Nordqvist et al., Brain
15 Res. Mol. Brain Res. 12:275-277, 1992; Sandberg-Nordqvist, A.C., Cancer Res.
53:2475-2478, 1993); IGF-I (GenBank Accession No. X03563, M29644; Dull et al.,
Nature 310:771-781, 1984; Rall et al., Meth. Enymol. 146:239-248, 1987); IGF-II
(GenBank Accession No. J03242; Shen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:1947-
1951, 1988); IL-l-a (interleukin 1 alpha) (GenBank Accession No. X02531, M15329;20 March et al., Nature 315:641-647, 1985; Nishida et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Commun. 143:345-352, 1987); IL-l-~ (interleukin 1 beta) (GenBank Accession
No. X02532, M15330, M15840; March et al., Nature 315:641-647, 1985; Nishida et al.,
Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 143:345-352, 1987; Bensi et al., Gene 52:95-101,
1987); IL-l (GenBank Accession No. K02770, M54933, M38756; Auron et al., Proc.
25 Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:7907-7911, 1984; Webb et al., Adv. Gene Technol. 22:339-340,
1985); IL-2 (GenBank Accession No. A14844, A21785, X00695, X00200, X00201,
X00202; Lupker et al., Patent No. EP 0307285-A, March 15, 1989; Perez et al., Patent
No. EP 0416673-A, March 13, 1991; Holbrook et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 12:5005-5013,
1984; Degrave et al., EMBO J. 2:2349-2353, 1983; Taniguchi et al., Nature 302:305-
30 310, 1983); IL-3 (GenBank Accession No. M14743, M20137; Yang et al., Cell 47:3-10,
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96136362 PCT/US96/07164
1986, Otsuka et al., J. Immunol. 140:2288-2295, 1988); IL-4 (GenBank Accession
No. M13982; Yokota et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:5894-5898, 1986); IL-5
(GenBank Accession No. X04688, J03478; Azuma et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 14:9149-9158, 1986; Tanabe et al., J. Biol. Chem. 262:16580-16584, 1987); IL-6 (GenBank
5 Accession No. Y00081, X04602, M54894, M38669, M14584; Yasukawa et al., EMBO
J. 6:2939-2945, 1987; Hirano et al., Nature 324:73-76, 1986; Wong et al., Behring Inst.
Mitt. 83:40-47, 1988, May et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:8957-8961, 1986); IL-7
(GenBank Accession No. J04156; Goodwin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:302-
306, 1989); IL-8 (GenBank Accession No. Z11686; Kusner et al., Kidney lnt. 39:1240-
1248, 1991); IL-10 (GenBank Accession No. X78437, M57627; Vieira et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:1172-1176, 1991); IL-l l (GenBank Accession No. M57765
M37006; Paul et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:7512-7516, 1990); IL-13 (GenBank
Accession No. X69079, U10307; Minty et al., Nature 362:248-250, 1993; Smirnov,
Shemyakin and Ovchinnikov Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry, June 2, 1994); TNF-a
(Tumor necrosis factor) (GenBank Accession No. A21522; Patent No. GB 2246569-Al,February 5, 1992); TNF-~ (GenBank Accession No. D12614; M~l~uy~la et al., FEBS
LETTERS 302:141-144, 1992). DNA sequences of other suitable receptor-binding
intern~li7Pcl ligands may be obtained from GenBank or EMBL DNA databases, reverse-
synthesized from protein sequence obtained from PIR database or isolated by standard
methods (Sambrook et al., supra) from cDNA or genomic libraries.
5. Modifications of receptor-bindin~ internalized li~ands
These ligands may be customized for a particular application. Means for
modifying proteins is provided below. Briefly, additions, substitutions and deletions of
amino acids may be produced by an~ commonly employed recombinant DNA method.
An amino acid residue of FGF, VEGF, HBEGF or other receptor-
binding intern~li7~cl ligand is non-essential if the polypeptide that has been modified by
deletion of the residue possesses substantially the same ability to bind to its receptor
and intern~li7~ a linked agent as the unmodified polypeptide.
As noted above, any polypeptide or peptide analogue, including
peptidomimetics, that is reactive with an FGF receptor, a VEGF receptor, an HBEGF
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
24
receptor, other growth factor receptor (e.g, PDGF receptor), cytokine receptor or other
cell surface molecule including members of the families and fr~gm~nt~ thereof, or
constrained analogs of such peptides that bind to the receptor and intern~li7P a linked
targeted agent may be used in the context of this invention. Members of the FGF
5 peptide family, including FGF-1 to FGF-9, are preferred. Modified peptides, especially
those lacking proliferative function, and chimeric peptides, which retain the specific
binding and int~?rn~li7ing activities are also contemplated for use herein.
A modification that is effected substantially near the N-tçrrninll~ of a
polypeptide is generally effected within the first about ten residues of the protein. Such
10 modifications include the addition or deletion of rç~idlle~, such as the addition of a
cysteine to facilitate conjugation and form conjugates that contain a defined molar ratio,
preferably a ratio of 1:1 of the polypeptides.
DNA encoding one of the receptor-binding int~rn~li7e~1 ligands
discussed above may be mutagenized using standard methodologies to delete or replace
15 any cysteine residues that are responsible for aggregate formation. If necessary, the
identity of cysteine residues that contribute to aggregate formation may be cl~t~rrnin~-l
empirically, by deleting and/or replacing a cysteine residue and ascertaining whether the
resulting protein aggregates in solutions cont~ining physiologically acceptable buffers
and salts. In addition, fragments of these receptor-binding intt?rn~ l ligands may be
20 constructed and used. The binding region of many of these ligands have been
delineated. Fragments may also be shown to bind and internz~li7~ by any one of the
tests described herein.
Modification of the polypeptide may be effected by any means known to
those of skill in this art. The preferred methods herein rely on modification of DNA
25 encoding the polypeptide and expression of the modified DNA.
Merely by way of example, DNA encoding the FGF polypeptide may be
isolated, synthe~i7~?~1 or obtained from commercial sources (the amino acid sequences of
FGF-1 - FGF-9 are set forth in SEQ ID NOs. 10-18; DNA sequences may be based on
these amino acid sequences or may be obtained from public DNA databases and
30 references (see, e.g, GenBank, see also U.S. Patent No. 4,956,455, U.S. Patent
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
No. 5,126,323, U.S. Patent No. 5,155,217, U.S. Patent No. 4,868,113, PCT Application
WO 90/08771, EP Application 0 488 196 A2, and Miyamoto et al., Mol. Cell. Biol.
13:4251-4259, 1993). Expression of a recombinant FGF-2 protein in yeast and E. coli
is described in Barr et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263:16471-16478, 1988, in PCT Application
S Serial No. PCT/US93/05702 and United States Application Serial No. 07/901,718.Expression of recombinant FGF proteins may be performed as described herein or using
methods known to those of skill in the art.
Similarly, DNA encoding any of the other receptor-binding inte~rn~li7~?(1
lig~nclc, including VEGF, HBEGF, IL-l, IL-2, and other cytokines and growth factors
10 may also be isolated, synth~i7~ ~l or obtained from commercial sources. As noted
above, DNA sequences are available in public databases, such as GenBank. Based on
these sequences, oligonucleotide primers may be designed and used to amplify the gene
from cDNA or mRNA by polymerase chain reaction technique as one means of
obtaining DNA.
Mutations may be made by any method known to those of skill in the art,
including site-specific or site-directed mutagenesis of DNA encoding the protein and
the use of DNA amplification methods using primers to introduce and amplify
alterations in the DNA template, such as PCR splicing by overlap extension (SOE).
Site-directed mutagenesis is typically effected using a phage vector that has single- and
20 double-stranded forms, such as M13 phage vectors, which are well-known and
commercially available. Other suitable vectors that contain a single-stranded phage
origin of replication may be used (see, e.g, Veira et al., Meth. Enzymol. 15:3, 1987). In
general, site-directed mutagenesis is performed by plep~ lg a single-stranded vector
that encodes the protein of interest (i.e., a member of the FGF family or a cytotoxic
25 molecule, such as a saporin). An oligonucleotide primer that contains the desired
mutation within a region of homology to the DNA in the single-stranded vector isannealed to the vector followed by addition of a DNA polymerase, such as E. coli DNA
polymerase I (Klenow fragment), which uses the double stranded region as a primer to
produce a heteroduplex in which one strand encodes the altered sequence and the other
30 the original sequence. The heteroduplex is introduced into a~Lopliate bacterial cells
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
26
and clones that include the desired mutation are selected. The resulting altered DNA
molecules may be expressed recombinantly in a~plopl;ate host cells to produce the
modified protein.
Suitable conservative substitutions of amino acids are well-known and f
5 may be made generally without altering the biological activity of the resulting molecule.
For example, such substitutions may be made in accordance with those set forth in
TABLE 1 as follows:
TABLE 1
CQ val;~
Original residue su~:,i ' -
Ala (A) Gly; Ser
Arg (R) Lys
Asn (N) Gln; His
Cys (C) Ser
Gln (Q) Asn
Glu (E) Asp
Gly (G) Ala; Pro
His (H) Asn; Gln
Ile (I) Leu; Val
Leu (L) Ile; Val
Lys (K) Arg; Gln; Glu
Met (M) Leu; Tyr; Ile
Phe (F) Met; Leu; Tyr
Ser (S) Thr
Thr (T) Ser
Trp (W) Tyr
Tyr (Y) Trp; Phe
Val (V) Ile; Leu
Other similarly conservative substitutions may be made. If necessary, such
substitutions may be determined empirically merely by testing the resulting modified
protein for the ability to bind to and int~rnali7:~ upon binding to the a~plopliate
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
receptors. Those that retain this ability are suitable for use in the eonjugates and
methods herein. In addition, muteins of the FGFs are known to those of skill in the art
(see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,147; PCT Application No. WO 89/00198, U.S. Serial
. No. 07/070,797; PCT Applieation No. WO 91/15229, and U.S. Serial No. 07/505,124).
B. Nucleic acid bindin~ domains
As previously noted, nucleic acid binding domains (NABD) interaet with
the target nucleic acid either in a sequence-specific manner or a sequence-nonspecific
manner. When the interaetion is non-specific, the nucleie aeid binding domain binds
10 nucleic acid regardless of the sequenee. For example, poly-L-lysine is a basic
polypeptide that binds to oppositely eharged DNA. Other highly basie proteins orpolycationic compounds, such as histones, prot~min~s, and spermidine, also bind to
nucleic acids in a nonspecific manner.
Many proteins have been identified that bind speeifie sequenees of DNA.
15 These proteins are responsible for genome replieation, transcription and repair of
damaged DNA. The transcription factors regulate gene e~ ession and are a diversegroup of proteins. These factors are especially well suited for purposes of the subject
invention beeause of their sequence-specific recognition. Host transeription faetors
have been grouped into seven well-established elasses based upon the structural motif
20 used for recognition. The major families include helix-turn-helix (HTH) proteins,
homeodomains, zinc finger proteins, steroid receptors, leucine zipper proteins, the
helix-loop-helix (HLH) proteins, and ~-sheets. Other classes or subclasses may
eventually be deline~tç~l as more factors are discovered and defined. Proteins from
those classes or proteins that do not fit within one of these classes but bind nucleic acid
25 in a sequence-specific manner, such as SV40 T antigen and p53 may also be used.
These families of transcription factors are generally well-known (see
GenBank; Pabo and Sauer, Ann. Re-~. Biochem. 61:1053-1095, 1992; and references
below). Many of these factors are cloned and the precise DNA-binding region
deline~t~?~l in certain instances. When the sequence of the DNA-binding domain is
30 known, a gene encoding it may be synthesized if the region is short. Alternatively, the
genes may be cloned from the host genomic libraries or from cDNA libraries using
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTAUS96/07164
oligonucleotides as probes or from genomic DNA or cDNA by polymerase chain
reaction methods. Such methods may be found in Sambrook et al., supra.
Helix-turn-helix proteins include the well studied ~ Cro protein, ~cI, and
E. coli CAP proteins (see Steitz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 79:3097-3100, 1982,
5 Ohlendorf et al., J. Mol. Biol. 169:757-769, 1983). In addition, the lac repressor
(Kaptein et al., ~ Mol. Biol. 182:179-182, 1985) and Trp repressor (Scheritz et al.,
Nature 317:782-786, 1985) belong to this family. Members of the homeodomain
family include the Drosophila protein Ant~nn~p~e~ (Qian et al., Cell. 59:573-580,
1989) and yeast MATa2 (Wolberger et al., Cell. 67:517-528, 1991). Zinc finger
10 proteins include TFIIIA (Miller et al., EMBO J. 4:1609-1614, 1985), Sp-l, zif268, and
many others (see generally Krizek et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:4518-4523, 1991).
Steroid receptor proteins include receptors for steroid honnon~, retinoids, vitamin D,
thyroid hormones, as well as other compounds. Specific examples include retinoic acid,
knirps, progesterone, androgen, glucocosteroid and estrogen receptor proteins. The
15 leucine zipper family was defined by a heptad repeat of leucines over a region of 30 to
40 residues. Specific members of this family include C/EBP, c-fos, c jun, GCN4, sis-A,
and CREB (see generally O'Shea et al., Science 254:539-544, 1991). The helix-loop-
helix (HLH) family of proteins appears to have some ~imil~ritie~ to the leucine zipper
family. Well-known members of this family include myoD (Weintraub et al., Science
20 251:761-766, 1991); c-myc; and AP-2 (Williams and Tijan, Science 251:1067-1071,
1991). The ,B-sheet family uses an antiparallel ,13-sheet for DNA binding, rather than the
more common oc-helix. The family contains the MetJ (Phillips, Curr. Opin. Struc. Biol.
1:89-98, 1991), Arc (Breg et al., Nature 346:586-589, 1990) and Mnt repressors. In
addition, other motifs are used for DNA binding, such as the cysteine-rich motif in yeast
25 GAL4 repressor, and the GATA factor. Viruses also contain gene products that bind
specific sequences. One of the most-studied such viral genes is the rev gene from HIV.
The rev gene product binds a sequence called RRE (rev responsive element) found in
the env gene. Other proteins or peptides that bind DNA may be discovered on the basis
of sequence similarity to the known classes or functionally by selection.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96107164
29
Several techniques may be used to select other nucleic acid binding
domains (see U.S. Patent No. 5,270,170; PCT Application WO 93/14108; and U.S.
Patent No. 5,223,409). One of these techniques is phage display. (See, for example,
U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409.) In this method, DNA sequences are inserted into the
5 gene III or gene VIII gene of a fil~mentous phage, such as M13. Several vectors with
multicloning sites have been developed for insertion (McLafferty et al., Gene 128:29-
36, 1993, Scott and Smith, Science 249:386-390, 1990; Smith and Scott, Methods
Enzymol. 21 7:228-257, 1993). The inserted DNA sequences may be randomly
generated or variants of a known DNA-binding domain. Generally, the inserts encode
10 from 6 to 20 amino acids. The peptide encoded by the inserted sequence is displayed
on the surface of the bacteriophage. Bacteriophage ~x~l~s~ g a desired nucleic acid-
binding domain are selected for by binding to the cytocide-encoding agent. This target
molecule may be single stranded or double stranded DNA or RNA. When the cytocide-
encoding agent to be delivered is single-stranded, such as RNA, the a~p,~liate target is
15 single-stranded. When the molecule to be delivered is double-stranded, the target
molecule is preferably double-stranded. Preferably, the entire coding region of the
cytocide-encoding agent is used as the target. In addition, elements necessary for
transcription that are included for in vivo or in vitro delivery may be present in the
target DNA molecule. Bacteriophage that bind the target are recovered and propagated.
20 Subsequent rounds of selection may be performed. The final selected bacteriophage are
propagated and the DNA sequence of the insert is determine-l Once the predicted
amino acid sequence of the binding peptide is known, sufficient peptide for use herein
as an nucleic acid binding domain may be made either by recombinant means or
synthetically. Recombinant means is used when the receptor-binding internalized
25 ligand/nucleic acid binding domain is produced as a fusion protein. In addition, the
peptide may be generated as a tandem array of two or more peptides, in order to
m~imi71~ affinity or binding of multiple DNA molecules to a single polypeptide.
As an example of the phage display selection technique, a DNA-binding
domain/peptide that recognizes the coding region of saporin is isolated. Briefly, DNA
30 fragments encoding saporin may be isolated from a plasmid cont~inin~ these sequences.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
The plasmid FPFSl contains the entire coding region of saporin. Digestion of theplasmid with NcoI and EcoRI restriction en7ymes liberates the saporin specific tsequence as a single fragment of approximately 780 bp. This fragment may be purified
by any one of a number of methods, such as agarose gel electrophoresis and subsequent
S elution from the gel. The saporin fragment is fixed to a solid support, such as in the
wells of a 96-well plate. If the double-stranded fragment does not bind well to the plate,
a coating such as a positively charged molecule, may be used to promote DNA
adherence. The phage library is added to the wells and an incubation period allows for
binding of the phage to the DNA. Unbound phage are removed by a wash, typically
10 co~ i..;..g 10 mM Tris, 1 mM EDTA, and without salt or with a low salt concentration.
Bound phage are eluted starting at a 0.1 M NaCl cont~inin~ buffer. The NaCl
concentration is increased in a step-wise fashion until all the phage are eluted.
Typically, phage binding with higher affinity will only be released by higher salt
concentrations.
Eluted phage are propagated in the b~cteri~ host. Further rounds of
selection may be performed to select for a few phage binding with high affinity. The
DNA sequence of the insert in the binding phage is then clet~rrnined. In addition,
peptides having a higher affinity may be isolated by making variants of the insert
sequence and subjecting these variants to further rounds of selection.
C. Cytocide-encodin~2 a~ents
A cytocide-encoding agent is a nucleic acid molecule (DNA or RNA)
that, upon internzlli7~tion by a cell, and subsequent transcription (if DNA) and[/or]
translation into a cytocidal agent, is cytotoxic to a cell or inhibits cell growth by
25 inhibiting protein synthesis.
Cytocides include saporin, the ricins, abrin and other ribosome
inactivating proteins, Pseudomonas exotoxin, ~liphtheria toxin, angiogenin, tritin,
nthin~ 32 and 30, momordin, pokeweed antiviral protein, mirabilis antiviral protein,
bryodin. angiogenin, and shiga exotoxin, as well as other cytocides that are known to
30 those of skill in the art. Alternatively, cytocide gene products may be noncytotoxic but
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
activate a compound, which is endogenously produced or exogenously applied, from a
nontoxic form to a toxic product that inhibits protein synthesis.
Especially of interest are DNA molecules that encode an enzyme that
results in cell death or renders a cell susceptible to cell death upon the addition of
5 another product. For example, saporin is an enzyme that cleaves rRNA and inhibits
protein synthesis. Other enzymes that inhibit protein synthesis are especially well
suited for use in the present invention. In addition, enzymes may be used where the
enzyme activates a compound with little or no cytotoxicity into a toxic product that
inhibits protein synthesis.
1. Ribosome inactivatin~ proteins
Ribosome-inactivating proteins (RIPs), which include ricin, abrin, and
saporin, are plant proteins that catalytically inactivate eukaryotic ribosomes. Ribosome-
inactivating proteins inactivate ribosomes by interfering with the protein elongation step
15 of protein synthesis. For example, the ribosome-inactivating protein saporin
(hereinafter also referred to as SAP) has been shown to inactivate 60S ribosomes by
cleavage of the N-glycosidic bond of the ~lenine at position 4324 in the rat 28Sribosomal RNA (rRNA). The particular region in which A4324 is located in the rRNA is
highly conserved among prokaryotes and eukaryotes, A4324 in 28S rRNA corresponds to
20 A2660 in E. coli 23S rRNA. Several of the ribosome inactivating proteins also appear to
interfere with protein synthesis in prokaryotes, such as E. coli.
Saporin is preferred as a cytocide, but other suitable ribosome
inactivating proteins (RIPs) and toxins may be used. Other suitable RIPs include, but
are not limited to, ricin, ricin A chain, maize ribosome inactivating protein, gelonin,
25 diphtheria toxin, diphtheria toxin A chain, trichos~nthin, tritin, pokeweed antiviral
protein (PAP), mirabilis antiviral protein (MAP), Di~nthin~ 32 and 30, abrin, monordin,
bryodin, shiga (see, e.g, WO 93/24620) and others (see, e.g, Barbieri et al., Cancer
Surveys 1:489-520, 1982, and European patent application No. 0466 222, incorporated
herein by reference, which provide lists of numerous ribosome inactivating proteins and
30 their sources; see also U.S. Patent No. 5,248,608 to Walsh et al.). Some ribosome
inactivating proteins, such as abrin and ricin, contain two constituent chains: a cell-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI-IUS96/07164
binding chain that me~ tes binding to cell surface receptors and int~rn~li7~tion of the
molecule and a chain responsible for toxicity. Single chain ribosome inactivating
proteins (type I RIPS), such as the saporins, do not have a cell-binding chain. As a
result, unless int~rn~li7~1, they are substantially less toxic to whole cells than the
S ribosome inactivating proteins that have two chains.
Several structurally related ribosome inactivating proteins have been
isolated from seeds and leaves of the plant Saponaria o~icinalis (soapwort) (GB Patent
2,194,241 B, GP Patent 2,216,891; EP Patent 89306016). Saporin proteins for use in
this invention have amino acid sequences found in the natural plant host Saponaria
off'cinalis or modified sequences, having amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions
or additions, but which still express substantial ribosome inactivating activity. Purified
udlions of saporin are frequently observed to include several molecular isoforms of
the protein. It is understood that differences in amino acid sequences can occur in
saporin from different species as well as between saporin molecules from individual
org~ni~m~ of the same species. Among these, S0-6 is the most active and abundant,
representing 7% of total seed proteins. Saporin is very stable, has a high isoelectric
point, does not contain carbohydrates, and is resistant to denaturing agents, such as
sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), and a variety of proteases. The amino acid sequences of
several saporin-6 isoforms from seeds are known, and there appear to be families of
saporin ribosome inactivating proteins differing in few amino acid residues. Any of
these saporin proteins or modified proteins that are cytotoxic may be used in the present
invention.
a. Isolation of DNA encodin~ saporin
Some of the DNA molecules provided herein encode saporin that has
substantially the same amino acid sequence and ribosome inactivating activity as that of
saporin-6 (S0-6), including any of four isoforms, which have heterogeneity at amino
acid positions 48 and 91 (see, e.g, Maras et al., Biochem. Internat. 21:631-638, 1990,
and Barra et al., Biotechnol. Appl. Biochem. 13:48-53, 1991, GB Patent 2,216,891 B
and EP Patent 89306106, and SEQ ID NOs. 19-23). Other suitable saporin
polypeptides include other members of the multi-gene family coding for isoforms of
CA 02221269 I gg7 - l l - l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/USg6/07164
33
saporin-type ribosome inactivating proteins including SO-l and S0-3 (Fordham-
Skelton et al., Mol. Gen. Genet. 221:134-138, 1990), S0-2 (see, e.g, U.S. Application
Serial No. 07/885,242, GB 2,216,891, see also Fordham-Skelton et al., Mol. Gen.
Genet. 229:460-466, 1991), S0-4 (see, e.g, GB 2,194,241 B; see also Lappi et al.,
5 Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 129:934-942, 1985) and SO-5 (see, e.g, GB
2,194,241 B, see also Montecucchi et al., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 33:263-267,
1989).
The saporin polypeptides for use in this invention include any of the
isoforms of saporin that may be isolated from Saponaria officinalis or related species or
10 modified forms that retain cytotoxic activity. In particular, such modified saporin may
be produced by modifying the DNA encoding the protein (see, e.g, Tntern~tional PCT
Application Serial No. PCT/US93/05702, and United States Application Serial
No. 07/901,718; see also U.S. Patent Application No. 07/885,242, and Italian Patent
No. 1,231,914) by altering one or more amino acids or deleting or inserting one or more
15 amino acids. Any such protein, or portion thereof, that exhibits cytotoxicity in standard
in vitro or in vivo assays within at least about an order of magnitude of the saporin
conjugates described herein is contemplated for use herein.
Preferably, the saporin DNA sequence contains m~mm~ n-preferred
codons (SEQ. ID NO. 79). Preferred codon usage as exemplified in Current Protocols
20 in Molecular Biology, infra, and Zhang et al. (Gene 105:61, 1991) for m~mm:~ls, yeast,
Drosophila, E. coli, and prim~t~s is established for saporin sequence.
The cytocide-encoding agent, such as saporin DNA sequence, is
introduced into a plasmid in operative linkage to an a~plol,l;ate promoter for expression
of polypeptides in the org~ni~m The presently preferred saporin proteins are S0-6 and
25 S0-4. The DNA can optionally include sequences, such as origins of replication that
allow for the extrachromosomal maintenance of the saporin-cont~ining plasmid, or can
be designed to integrate into the genome of the host (as an alternative means to ensure
stable m~inten~nce in the host).
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96107164
34
b. Nucleic acids encodin~ other ribosome inactivatin~ proteins and
c,vtocides
In addition to saporin discussed above, other cytocides that inhibit
protein synthesis are useful in the present invention. The gene sequences for these
5 cytocides may be isolated by standard methods, such as PCR, probe hybridization of
genomic or cDNA libraries, antibody screenings of expression libraries, or clones may
be obtained from commercial or other sources. The DNA sequences of many of thesecytocides are well known, including ricin A chain (GenBank Accession No. X02388);
maize ribosome inactivating protein (GçnR~nk Accession No. L26305); gelonin
10 (GenBank Accession No. L12243; PCT Application WO 92/03155; U.S. Patent
No. 5,376,546; riirhtheri~ toxin (GenBank Accession No. K01722); trichosanthin
(GenBank Accession No. M34858); tritin (GenBank Accession No. D13795);
pokeweed antiviral protein (GenBank Accession No. X78628); mirabilis antiviral
protein (GenBank Accession No. D90347); ~ nthin 30 (GenBank Accession
15 No. X59260); abrin (GenBank Accession No. X55667); shiga (GenBank Accession
No. M19437) and Pseudomonas exotoxin (GenBank Accession Nos. K01397,
M23348). When DNA sequences or amino acid sequences are known, DNA molecules
encoding these proteins may be synthesi7t?-1, and preferably contain m~mm~ n-
~-~f~ ;d codons.
D. Prodru~-encodin~ a~ent
A nucleic acid molecule encoding a prodrug may ~ltPrn~tively be used
within the context of the present invention. Prodrugs are inactive in the host cell until
either a substrate is provided or an activating molecule is provided. Most typically, a
25 prodrug activates a compound with little or no cytotoxicity into a toxic product. Two of
the more often used prodrug molecules, both of which may be used in the present
invention, are HSV thymidine kinase and E. coli cytosine cle~min~e.
Briefly, a wide variety of gene products which either directly or
indirectly activate a compound with little or no cytotoxicity into a toxic product may be
30 utilized within the context of the present invention. Representative examples of such
gene products include HSVTK (heIpes simplex virus thymidine kinase) and VZVTK
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
(varicella zoster virus thymidine kmase), which selectively phosphorylate certain purine
arabinosides and substituted pyrimidine compounds. Phosphoryation converts thesecompounds to metabolites that are cytotoxic or cytostatic. For example, exposure of the
drugs ganciclovir, acyclovir, or any of their analogues (e.g, FIAU, FIAC, DHPG) to
5 cells expressing HSVTK allows conversion of the drug into its corresponding active
nucleotide triphosphate form.
Other gene products that may be utilized within the context of the
present invention include E. coli guanine phosphoribosyl transferase, which converts
thiox~n~hine into toxic thiox~nthin~ monophosphate (Besnard et al., MoZ. Cell. Biol.
7:4139-4141, 1987); ~lk~line phosph~t~e, which converts inactive phosphorylated
compounds such as mitomycin phosphate and doxorubicin-phosphate to toxic
dephosphorylated compounds; fungal (e.g, Fusarium oxysporum) or bacterial cytosine
~le~min~e7 which converts 5-fluorocytosine to the toxic compound 5-fluorouracil
(Mullen, PNAS 89:33, 1992); carboxypeptidase G2, which cleaves glutamic acid from
para-N-bis (2-chloroethyl) aminobenzoyl glutamic acid, thereby creating a toxic
benzoic acid mu~ l; and Penicillin-V amidase, which converts phenoxyacetabide
derivatives of doxorubicin and melphalan to toxic compounds (see generally, Vrudhula
et al., J. of Med. Chem. 36(7):919-923, 1993; Kern et al., Canc. Immun. Immunother.
31(4):202-206, 1990). Moreover, a wide variety of Herpesviridae thymidine kin~ec,
including both primate and non-primate herpesviruses, are suitable. Such herpesviruses
include Herpes Simplex Virus Type 1 (McKnight et al., Nuc. Acids Res 8:5949-5964,
1980), Herpes Simplex Virus Type 2 (Swain and Galloway, J: Virol. 46:1045-1050,
1983), Varicella Zoster Virus (Davison and Scott, J. Gen. Virol. 67:1759-1816, 1986),
marmoset herpesvirus (Otsuka and Kit, Virology 135:316-330, 1984), feline herpesvirus
type 1 (Nunberg et al., J. Virol. 63:3240-3249, 1989), pseudorabies virus (Kit and Kit,
U.S. Patent No. 4,514,497, 1985), equine herpesvirus type 1 (Robertson and Whalley,
Nuc. Acids Res. 16:11303-11317, 1988), bovine herpesvirus type 1 (Mittal and Field, J
Virol 70:2901-2918, 1989), turkey herpesvirus (Martin et al., J. Virol. 63:2847-2852,
1989), Marek's disease virus (Scott et al., J. Gen. Virol. 70:3055-3065, 1989),
herpesvirus saimiri (Honess et al., J. Gen. Virol. 70:3003-3013, 1989) and Epstein-Barr
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI'IUS96/07164
36
virus (Baer et al., Nature (London) 310:207-311, 1984). Such herpesviruses may be
readily obtained from commercial sources such as the American Type Culture
Collection ("ATCC", Rockville, Maryland).
Furthermore, as indicated above, a wide variety of inactive precursors
5 may be converted into active inhibitors. For example, thymidine kinase can
phosphorylate nucleosides (e.g, dT) and nucleoside analogues such as ganciclovir (9-
{ [2-hydroxy- 1 -(hydroxymethyl)ethoxyl methyl } guanosine), famciclovir, buciclovir,
penciclovir, valciclovir, acyclovir (9-[2-hydroxy ethoxy)methyl] guanosine),
trifluo.~lLhyll idine, 1-[2-deoxy, 2-fluoro, beta-D-arabino furanosyl]-5-iodouracil, ara-A
10 (adenosine arabinoside, vivarabine), 1 -beta-D-arabinofuranoxyl thymine, 5-ethyl-2'-
deoxyuridine, 5-iodo-5'-amino-2,5'-dideoxyuridine, idoxuridine (5-iodo-2'-
deoxyuridine), AZT (3' azido-3' thymidine), ddC (dideoxycytidine), AIU (5-iodo-5'
amino 2', 5'-dideoxyuridine) and AraC (cytidine arabinoside).
15 E. Other nucleic acid molecules
The conjugates provided herein may also be used to deliver other types
of nucleic acids to targeted cells. Such other nucleic acids include antisense RNA,
antisense DNA, ribozymes, triplex-forming oligonucleotides, and oligonucleotides that
bind proteins. The nucleic acids can also include RNA tr~fficking .si~n~l.c, such as viral
20 par~gin~ sequences (see, e.g, Sullenger et al. (1994) Science 262:1566-1569). The
nucleic acids also include DNA molecules that encode proteins that replace defective
genes, such as the gene associated with cystic fibrosis (see, e.g, PCT Application WO
93/03709, U.S. Application Serial No. 07/745,900; and Riordan et al. (1989) Science
245: 1066-1073). Other DNA molecules may encode tumor-specific cytotoxic
25 molecules, such as tumor necrosis factor, viral antigens and other proteins to render a
cell susceptible to anti-cancer agents.
Nucleic acids and oligonucleotides for use as described herein can be
synthesized by any method known to those of skill in this art (see, e.g, WO 93/01286,
U.S. Application Serial No. 07/723,454; U.S.. Patent No. 5,218,088; U.S. Patent No.
30 5,175,269; U.S. Patent No. 5,109,124). Identification of oligonucleotides and
ribozymes for use as antisense agents and DNA encoding genes for targeted delivery for
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
genetic therapy involve methods well known in the art. For example, the desirable
properties, lengths and other characteristics of such oligonucleotides are well known.
Anti~n~ç oligonucleotides are typically designed to resist degradation by endogenous
nucleolytic enzymes and include, but are not limited to: phosphorothioate,
5 methylphosphonate, sulfone, sulfate, ketyl, phosphorodithioate, phosphoramidate,
phosphate esters, and other such linkages (see, e.g, Agrwal et al., Tetrehedron Lett.
28:3539-3542 (1987); Miller et al., J: Am. Chem. Soc. 93:6657-6665 (1971); Stec et al.,
Tetrehedron Lett. 26:2191-2194 (1985); Moody et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 12:4769-4782
(1989), Um~n~ki et al., NucZ. Acids Res. (1989); Letsinger et al., Tetrahedron 40:137-
143 (1984); Eckstein, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 54:367-402 (1985); Fçketçin, Trends Biol.
Sci. 14:97-100 (1989); Stein In: Oligodeoxynucleofides. Antisense Inhibitors of Gene
Expression, Cohen, Ed, Macmillan Press, London, pp. 97-117 (1989); Jager et al.,Biochemistry 27:7237-7246 (1988)).
.Antisçn~e nucleotides are oligonucleotides that bind in a sequence-
15 specific manner to nucleic acids, such as mRNA or DNA. When bound to mRNA thathas compl~ment~ry sequences, ~nti~çn~e prevents translation of the mRNA (see, e.g,
U.S. Patent No. 5,168,053 to Altman et al.; U.S. Patent No. 5,190,931 to Inouye, U.S.
Patent No. 5,135,917 to Burch; U.S. Patent No. 5,087,617 to Smith and Clusel et al.
(1993) Nucl. Acids Res. 21:3405-3411, which describes dumbbell ~nti~çn~e
20 oligonucleotides). Triplex molecules refer to single DNA strands that bind duplex
DNA forming a colinear triplex molecule and thereby prevent transcription (see, e.g,
U.S. Patent No. 5,176,996 to Hogan et al., which describes methods for m:~king
synthetic oligonucleotides that bind to target sites on duplex DNA).
Particularly useful antisense nucleotides and triplex molecules are
25 molecules that are complementary or bind to the sense strand of DNA or mRNA that
encodes an oncogene, such as bFGF, int-2, hst-1/K-FGF, FGF-5, hst-2/FGF-6, FGF-8.
Other useful ~nticçn~e oligonucleotides include those that are specific for IL-8 (see, e.g.,
U.S. Patent No. 5,241,049; and PCT Applications WO 89/004836; WO 90/06321; WO
89/10962; WO 90/00563; and WO 91/08483), which can be linked to bFGF for the
30 treatment of psoriasis, anti-sense oligonucleotides that are specific for nonmuscle
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96136362 PCT/US96/07164
myosin heavy chain and/or c-myb (see, e.g, Simons et al. (1992) Circ. Res. 70:835-843;
PCT Application WO 93/01286, U.S. application Serial No. 07/723,454: LeClerc et al.
(1991) J. Am. Coll. Cardiol. 17 (2Suppl. A):105A; Ebbecke et al. (1992) Basic Res.
Cardiol. 87:585-591), which can be targeted by an FGF to inhibit smooth muscle cell
5 proliferation, such as that following angioplasty and thereby prevent restenosis or
inhibit viral gene expression in transformed or infected cells.
A ribozyme is an RNA molecule that specifically cleaves RNA
substrates, such mRNA, and thus inhibits or hlL~lrel~;s with cell growth or ~2s~res~ion.
There are at least five classes of ribozymes that are known that are involved in the
10 cleavage and/or ligation of RNA chains. Ribozymes can be targeted to any RNA
transcript and can catalytically cleave such transcript (see, e.g, U.S. Patent No.
5,272,262; U.S. Patent No. 5,144,019; and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,168,053, 5,180,818,5,116,742 and 5,093,246 to Cech et al., which described ribozymes and methods for
production thereof). Any such ribosome may be linked to the growth factor for delivery
15 to a cell bearing a receptor for a receptor-intt-rn~ 1 binding ligand.
The ribozymes may be delivered to the targeted cells by DNA encoding
the ribozyme linked to a eukaryotic promoter, such as a eukaryotic viral promoter, such
that upon introduction into the nucleus, the ribozyme will be directly transcribed. In
such instances, the construct will also include a nuclear translocation sequence,
20 generally as part of the ligand or as part of a linker between the ligand and nucleic acid
binding domain.
DNA that encodes a therapeutic product contemplated for use includes
DNA encoding correct copies of defective genes, such as the defective gene (CFTR)
associated with cystic fibrosis (see, e.g, Tntern~tional Application WO 93/03709, U.S.
25 Application Serial No. 07/745,900; and Riordan et al. (1989) Science 245:1066-1073),
and anticancer agents, such as tumor necrosis factors. The conjugate preferably
includes an NTS. If the conjugate is designed such that the ligand and nucleic acid
binding domain are cleaved in the cytoplasm, then the NTS should be included in a
portion of the conjugate or linker that remains bound to the DNA. The nuclear
.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
39
translocation sequence (NTS) may be a heterologous sequence or a may be derived
from the selected growth factor.
F. Construct co.,~ i..g cvtocidal-encodin~ agent
In the case of cytotocide molecules such as the ribosome inactivating
proteins, very few molecules may need to be expressed to effect cell killing. Indeed,
only a single molecule of ~1iphth~ri~ toxoid introduced into a cell was sufficient to kill
the cell. With other cytocides or prodrugs, it may be that propagation or stablem~ "ce of the construct is neces~ry to attain a sufficient amount or concentration
of the gene product for effective gene therapy. Examples of replicating and stable
eukaryotic plasmids may be found in the scientific lil~"dLulc.
In general, constructs will also contain elements necess~ry for
transcription and translation. If the cytocide-encoding agent is DNA, then it must
contain a promoter. The choice of the promoter will depend upon the cell type to be
transformed and the degree or type of control desired. Promoters can be constitutive or
active in any cell type, tissue specific, cell specific, event specific temporal-specific or
inducible. Cell-type specific promoters and event type specific promoters are preferred.
Examples of constitutive or nonspecific promoters include the SV40 early promoter
(U.S. Patent No. 5,118,627), the SV40 late promoter (U.S. Patent No. 5,118,627), CMV
early gene promoter (U.S. Patent No. 5,168,062), and adenovirus promoter. In addition
to viral promoters, cellular promoters are also amenable within the context of this
invention. In particular, cellular promoters for the so-called housekeeping genes are
useful. Viral promoters are preferred, because generally they are stronger promoters
than cellular promoters.
Tissue specific promoters are particularly useful when a certain tissue
type is to be targeted for transformation. By using one of this class of promoters, an
extra margin of specificity can be attained. For example, when the indication to be
treated is ophth~lm~logical (e.g, secondary lens clouding), either the alpha-crystalline
promoter or gamma-crystalline promoter is ~l~f~ d. When a tumor is the target ofgene delivery, cellular promoters for specific tumor markers or promoters more active
in tumor cells should be chosen. Thus, to treat prostate tumor, the prostate-specific
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
antigen promoter is especially useful. Similarly, the tyrosinase promoter or tyrosinase-
related protein promoter is a ~l~ft:lled promoter for melanoma tre~tment For tre~tment
of ~ ç~es that are angiogenic or exacerbated by angiogenesis, the VEGF receptor
promoter is ~l~r.,ll.,d. The VEGF receptor is expressed in developing capillaries. For
5 tre~tment of breast cancer, the promoter from heat shock protein 27 is pl~r~,.led; for
tre~tment of colon or lung cancer, the promoter from carcinoembryonic antigen isplefclled; for tre~tment of restenosis or other diseases involving smooth muscle cells,
the promoter from a-actin or myosin heavy chain is pler~l,ed. For B lymphocytes, the
immlmoglobulin variable region gene promoter; for T lymphocytes, the TCR receptor
10 variable region promoter; for helper T lymphocytes, the CD4 promoter; for liver, the
albumin or a-fetoprotein promoter, are a few additional examples of tissue specific
promoters. Many other examples of tissue specific promoters are readily available to
one skilled in the art. Some of these promoters are temporally regulated, such as c-myc
and cyclin D.
Inducible promoters may also be used. These promoters include the
MMTV LTR (PCT WO 91/13160), which is inducible by dexamethasone,
metallothionein, which is inducible by heavy metals, and promoters with cAMP
response elements, which are inducible by cAMP. By using an inducible promoter, the
nucleic acid may be delivered to a cell and will remain quiescent until the addition of
20 the inducer. This allows further control on the timing of production of the therapeutic
gene.
Event-type specific promoters are active or up-regulated only upon the
occurrence of an event, such as tumorigenecity or viral infection. The HIV LTR is a
well known example of an event-specific promoter. The promoter is inactive unless the
25 tat gene product is present, which occurs upon viral infection. Another promoter is
c-myc.
Additionally, promoters that are coordinately regulated with a particular
cellular gene may be used. For example, promoters of genes that are coordinatelyexpressed when a particular FGF receptor gene is expressed may be used. Then, the
30 nucleic acid will be transcribed when the FGF receptor, such as FGFRl, is expressed,
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96136362 PCTIUS96/07164
41
and not when FGFR2 is expressed. This type of promoter is especially useful when one
knows the pattern of FGF receptor expression in a particular tissue, so that specific cells
within that tissue may be killed upon transcription of a cytotoxic agent gene without
affecting the surrounding tissues.
If the domain binds in a sequence specific manner, the construct must
contain the sequence that binds to the nucleic acid binding domain. As describedbelow, the target nucleotide sequence may be contained within the coding region of the
cytocide, in which case, no additional sequence need be incorporated. Additionally, it
may be desirable to have multiple copies of target sequence. If the target sequence is
coding sequence, the additional copies must be located in non-coding regions of the
cytocide-encoding agent. The target sequences of the nucleic acid binding domains are
typically generally known. If unknown, the target sequence may be readily determined.
Techniques are generally available for establishing the target sequence (e.g., see PCT
Application WO 92/05285 and U.S. Serial No. 586,769).
G. Other Elements
1. Nuclear translocation si~nal
As used herein, a "nuclear translocation or targeting sequence" (NTS) is
a sequence of amino acids in a protein that are required for translocation of the protein
into a cell nucleus. Examples of NTSs are set forth in Table 2 below. Comparison with
known NTSs, and if necessary testing of c~n~ tc sequences, should permit those of
skill in the art to readily identify other amino acid sequences that function as NTSs. A
heterologous NTS refers to an NTS that is different from the NTS that occurs in the
wild-type peptide, polypeptide, or protein. For example, the NTS may be derived from
another polypeptide, it may be synthesized, or it may be derived from another region in
the same polypeptide.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W O 96/36362 PCTrUS96107164
42
TABLE 2
SourceSeql-t?n~* SEQ ID
NO.
SV40 large TProl26LysLysArgLysValGlu 24
Polyoma large T Pro279 ProLysLysAlaArgGluVal 25
Humarl c-MycProl20AlaAlaLysArgValLysLeuAsp 26
Adenovirus EIA Lys281ArgProArgPro 27
Yeast mat a2Lys311eProlleLys 28
c-Er~-AA. Gly22 LysArgLysArgLysSer 29
B. Ser~27LysArgValAlaLysArgLysLeu 3Q
C. Serl81HisTrpLysGlnLysArgLysPhe 31
c-MybPros21LeuLeuLysLyslleLysGln 32
p53Pro3l6GlnProLysLysLysPro 33
NucleolinPro277GlyLysArgLysLysGluMetThrLysGlnLysGluValPro 34
HIV TatGly48ArgLysLysArgArgGlnArgArgArgAlaPro 35
FGF-IAsnTyrLysLysProLysLeu 36
FGF-2HisPheLysAspProLysArg 37
FGF-3AlaProArgArgArgLysLeu 38
FGF-4IleLysArgLeuArgArg 39
FGF-S GlyArgArg
FGF-6lleLysArgGlnArgArg 40
~GF-7 IleArgValArgArg 41
*Superscript indicates position in protein
In order to deliver the nucleic acid to the nucleus, the conjugate should
include an NTS. If the conjugate is designed such that the receptor-binding intf rn~ ec~
ligand and linked nucleic acid binding domain is cleaved or dissociated in the
cytoplasm, then the NTS should be included in a portion of the complex that remains
bound to the nucleic acid, so that, upon intern~li7~tion, the conjugate will be trafficked
to the nucleus. Thus, the NTS is preferably included in the nucleic acid bindingdomain, but may additionally be included in the ligand. An NTS is preferred if the
cytocide-encoding agent is DNA. If the cytocide-encoding agent is mRNA, an NTS
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
43
may be omitted. The nuclear translocation sequence (NTS) may be a heterologous
sequence or a may be derived from the selected growth factor. All presently identified
members of the FGF family of peptides contain an NTS (see, e.g, Tntern~tional
Application WO 91/15229 and Table 2). A typical consensus NTS sequence contains
5 an amino-t~rmin~l proline or glycine followed by at least three basic residues in a array
of seven to nine amino acids (see, e.g, Dang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:18019-18023,
1989, Dang et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:4049-4058,1988, and Table 2).
2. CYtoplasm-translocation si~nal
Cytoplasm-translocation signal sequence is a sequence of amino acids in
a protein that cause retention of proteins in the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum
and/or translocate proteins to the cytosol. The signal sequence in m~mm~ n cells is
KDEL (Lys-Asp-Glu-Leu) (SEQ ID NO. 42) (Munro and Pelham, Cell 48:899-907,
1987). Some modifications of this sequence have been made without loss of activity.
lS For example, the sequences RDEL (Arg-Asp-Glu-Leu) (SEQ ID NO. 43) and KEEL
(Lys-Glu-Glu-Leu) (SEQ ID NO. 44) confer efficient or partial retention, respectively,
in plants (Denecke et al., Embo. J. 11:2345-2355,1992).
A cytoplasm-translocation signal sequence may be included in either the
receptor-int~rn~1i7~d binding ligand or the nucleic acid binding domain part or both. If
20 cleavable linkers are used to link the ligand with the nucleic acid binding domain, the
cytoplasm-translocation signal is preferably included in the nucleic acid binding
domain, which will stay bound to the cytocide-encoding agent. Additionally, a
cytoplasmic-translocation signal sequence may be included in the receptor-int~rn~1i7~
binding ligand, as long as it does not interfere with receptor binding. Similarly, the
25 signal sequence placed in the nucleic acid binding domain should not interfere with
binding to the cytocide-encoding agent.
3. Endosome-disruptive peptides
In addition, or alternatively, membrane-disruptive peptides may be
30 incorporated into the complexes. For example~ adenoviruses are known to enhance
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
44
disruption of endosomes. Virus-free viral proteins, such as influenza virus
hem:~glutinin HA-2, also disrupt endosomes and are useful in the present invention.
Other proteins may be tested in the assays described herein to find specific endosome
disrupting agents that enhance gene delivery. In general, these proteins and peptides are
5 amphipathic (see Wagner et al., Adv. Drug Del. Rev. 14:1 l3-l35, l994).
Endosome-disruptive peptides7 sometimes called fusogenic peptides,
may be incorporated into the complex of receptor-int~rn~1i7t?tl binding ligand7 nucleic
acid binding domain, and cytocide-encoding agent. Two such peptides derived frominfluenza virus are: GLFEAIEGFIENGWEGMIDGGGC (SEQ. ID NO. 45) and
10 GLFEAIEGFIENGWEGMIDGWYGC (SEQ. ID NO. 46). Other peptides useful for
disrupting endosomes may be i-l~ntified by general characteristics: 25-30 residues in
length, contain an ~ltern~ting pattern of hydrophobic domains and acidic domains, and
at low pH (e.g, pH 5) from amphipathic a-helices. A c~n~ t~ endosome-disrupting
peptide is tçsted by incorporating it into the complex and deterrnining whether it
l5 increases the total number of cells expressing the target gene. The peptides are added to
a complex having excess negative charge. For example, a DNA construct is complexed
with an FGF-poly-L-lysine chemical conjugate so that only a portion of the negative
charge of the DNA is neutralized. Poly-L-lysine is added to further bind the DNA and a
fusogenic peptide is then added. Optional ratios of DNA, poly-L-lysine and fusogenic
20 peptide are ~leterrnined using assays, such as gene expression and cell viability.
The fusogenic peptides may alternatively be incorporated into the
complex as a fusion protein with either the ligand or the nucleic acid binding domain or
both. The endosome-disruptive peptide may be present as single or multiple copies at
the N- or C- t~ of the ligand. A single fusion protein of the endosome-disruptive
25 peptide, nucleic acid binding domain, and receptor-intern~1i7~cl binding ligand may be
constructed and expressed. For insertion into a construct, DNA encoding the
endosome-disruptive peptide may be synthe~i7ed by PCR using overlapping
oligonucleotides and incorporating a restriction site at the 5' and 3' end to facilitate
cloning. The sequence may be verified by sequence analysis.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
4. Linkers
As used herein, a "linker" is an extension that links the receptor-binding
intt~rn~li7~1 ligand or fragment thereof and the nucleic acid binding domain. In certain
instances, the linker is used to conjugate the ligand directly to the nucleic acid. The
S linkers provided herein confer specificity, enh~n~e intracellular availability, serum
stability and/or solubility on the conjugate and may serve to promote conclen~?,tion of
the nucleic acid.
The linkers provided herein confer specificity and serum stability on the
cytotoxic conjugate, for example, by conferring specificity for certain proteases,
10 particularly proteases that are present in only certain subcellular co~ ~Llllents or that
are present at higher levels in tumor cells than normal cells. Specificity for proteases
present in intracellular colllp~Llllents and absent in blood is particularly plc~r~;lled. The
linkers may also include sorting signals that direct the conjugate to particularintracellular loci or COlll~ Llllents. Additionally, the linkers may reduce steric
15 hindrance between the grow~ factor and other protein or linked nucleic acid by
distancing the components of the conjugate. Linkers may also condense the nucleic
acid. For this purpose, the linker comprises highly basic amino acids (e.g, Lys, Arg)
and may even by poly-L-lysine.
In order to increase the serum stabilit,v, solubility and/or intracellular
20 concentration or condense the targeted agent, one or more linkers (are) inserted between
the receptor-binding intern~li7~cl ligand and the nucleic acid binding domain. These
linkers include peptide linkers, such as intracellular protease substrates, and chemical
linkers, such as acid labile linkers, ribozyme substrate linkers and others. Peptides
linkers may be inserted using heterobifunctional reagents, described below, or,
25 preferably, are linked to FGF, other growth factors, including heparin-binding growth
factors, or cytokines by linking DNA encoding the ligand to the DNA encoding thenucleic acid binding domain.
Chemical linkers may be inserted by covalently coupling the linker to the
FGF, other growth factor protein. or cytokine and the nucleic acid binding domain. The
30 linker may be bound via the N- or C-terminll~ or an int~ l residue. The
- =
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
46
heterobifunctional agents, described below, may be used to effect such covalent
coupling.
a. Protease ~ubsLl~Les
Peptides encoding protease-specific substrates may be introduced
between the ligand and the nucleic acid binding domain. The peptides may be inserted
using heterobifunctional reagents, as described below, or preferably inserted byrecombinant means and ~x~res~ion of the resulting chimera.
Any protease specific substrate (see, e.g, O'Hare et al., FEBS 273:200-
204, 1990, Forsberg et al., J. Protein Chem. 10:517-526, 1991; Westby et al.,
Bioconjugate Chem. 3:375-381, 1992) may be introduced as a linker as long as thesubstrate is cleaved in an intracellular co~ ~Llllcnt. Preferred substrates include those
that are specific for proteases that are expressed at higher levels in tumor cells, that are
plc;~lelltially expressed in the endosome, or that are absent in blood. The following
substrates are among those contemplated for use in accord with the methods herein:
ç~th~psin B ~Ub:iLldL~, cathepsin D :jUl):jLl~L~:, trypsin substrate, thrombin substrate, and
recombinant subtilisin substrate.
b. Flexible linkers and linkers that increase the solubility of the
conju~ates
Flexible linkers, which reduce steric hindrance, and linkers that increase
solubility of the conjugates are contemplated for use, either alone or with other linkers,
such as the protease specific substrate linkers. Typically, these linkers are simple
polymers of small amino acids (i.e., small side groups) with uncharged polar side
groups. These amino acids (Gly, Ser, Thr, Cys, Tyr, Asn, Gln) are more soluble in
water. Of these amino acids, Gly and Ser are preferred. Such linkers include, but are
not limited to, (Gly4Ser)n, (Ser4Gly)n and (AlaAlaProAla)n in which n is 1 to 6,preferably 1-4, such as:
a. Gly4Ser SEQ ID NO: 47
CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GCCATGG
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96107164
47
b. (Gly4Ser)2 SEQ ID NO: 48
CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GGCGGCGGCG GCTCTGCCAT GG
c. (Ser4Gly)4 SEQ ID NO: 49
CCATGGCCTC GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCTC GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT
5 CGTCGGGCGC CATGG
d. (Ser4Gly)2 SEQ ID NO: 50
CCATGGCCTC GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCGC CATGG
e. (AlaAlaProAla)n, where n is 1 to 4 preferably 2 (see
SEQ I D NO: 51 )
c. Heterobifunctional cross-linkin~ rea~ents
Numerous heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents that are used to form
covalent bonds between amino groups and thiol groups and to introduce thiol groups
into proteins, are known to those of skill in this art (see, e.g, the PIERCE CATALOG,
15 TmmllnoTechnology Catalog & Handbook, 1992-1993, which describes the pl~aldlion
of and use of such reagents and provides a commercial source for such reagents; see
also, e.g, Cumber et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 3:397-401, 1992; Thorpe et al., Cancer
Res. 47:5924-5931, 1987; Gordon et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. 84:308-312, 1987,
Walden et al., J. Mol. Cell Immunol. 2:191-197, 1986; Carlsson et al., Bioc*em. J.
20 173:723-737, 1978, Mahan et al., Anal. Biochem. 162:163-170, 1987; Wawrym~c7~k
et al., Br. J. Cancer 66:361-366, 1992; Fattom et al., Infection & Immun. 60:584-589,
1992). These reagents may be used to form covalent bonds between the receptor-
binding intern~li7~tl ligands with protease substrate peptide linkers and nucleic acid
binding domain. These reagents include, but are not limited to: N-succinimidyl-3-(2-
25 pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP; disulfide linker); sulfosuccinimidyl 6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionamido]h~Y~nn~t~? (sulfo-LC-SPDP); succinimidyloxycarbonyl-a-
methyl benzyl thiosulfate (SMBT, hindered ~ f~t~? linker); succinimidyl 6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionamido]hexanoate (LC-SPDP); sulfosnrcinimiclyl
4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-carboxylate (sulfo-SMCC); succinimidyl
30 3-(2-pyridyldithio)butyrate (SPDB; hindered ~ lllficle bond linker); sulfosuccinimidyl
2-(7-a7ido4-methylcoumarin-3-acetamide) ethyl-1,3'-dithiopropionate (SAED);
sulfosuccinimidyl 7-azido4-methylcoulll~ill-3-acetate (SAMCA); sulfosuccinimidyl
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
48
6-~alpha-methyl-alpha-(2-pyridyldithio)toluamido]he~no~te(sulfo-LC-SMPT);
1,4-di-[3'-(2'-pyridyldithio)propionamido]butane (DPDPB);
4-sllcrinimit1ylo~syc~bonyl- -methyl- -(2-pyridylthio)toluene (SMPT, hindered ~ 1f~te
linker); sulf ~surçinimidyl6[ -methyl- -(2-pyridyldithio)toluamido]hexanoate (sulfo-LC-
5 SMPT); m-m~leimi-loben70yl-N-lly~ y~uccinimide ester (MBS); m-m:~leimi~loben70yl-
N-hydroxyslllfosllccinimi(le ester (sulfo-MBS); N-succinimidyl(4-iodoacetyl)aminoben7l~te (SIAB; thioether linker); slllfosucrinimic1yl(4-iodoacetyl)amino
bon70~t~ (sulfo-SIAB); sllcr-inimi~1yl4~z7-m~leimi~1ophenyl)lJuly~ (SMPB); sulfosuccini-
midyl4-~z7-maleimidophenyl)l,ulyl~l~ (sulfo-SMPB); azidobenzoyl hydrazide (ABEI).
These linkers shoalld be particularly useful when used in combination
with peptide linkers, such as those that increase flexibility.
d. Acid cleavable~ photocleavable. and heat sensitive linkers
Acid cleavable linkers include, but are not limited to,
15 bismaleimideothoxy propane, adipic acid dihydrazide linkers (see, e.g, Fattom et al.,
Infection & Immun. 60:584-589, 1992) and acid labile transferrin conjugates thatcontain a sufficient portion of transferrin to permit entry into the intracellular transferrin
cycling pathway (see, e.g., Welhoner et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:4309-4314, 1991).
Conjugates linked via acid cleavable linkers should be pl~;f~rt;lllially cleaved in acidic
20 intracellular colllp~ ~llents, such as the endosome.
Photocleavable linkers are linkers that are cleaved upon exposure to light
(see, e.g., Goldmacher et al., Bioconj. Chem. 3:104-107, 1992), thereby releasing the
targeted agent upon exposure to light. (Hazum et al., Proc. Eur. Pept. Symp., 16th,
Brunfeldt, K (Ed), pp. 105-110, 1981; nitrobenzyl group as a photocleavable protective
25 group for cysteine; Yen et al., Makromol. Chem 190:69-82, 1989; water solublephotocleavable copolymers, including hydroxy~lopylmethacrylamide copolymer,
glycine copolymer, fluorescein copolymer and me~ylrhodamine copolymer; and Senter
et al., Photochem. Photobiol. 42:231-237, 1985; nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl chloride cross
linking reagents that produce photocleavable linkages). Such linkers are particularly
30 useful in treating clennz~tQlogical or ophthalmic conditions and other tissues, such as
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
49
blood vessels during angioplasty in the prevention or tre~tment of restenosis, that can be
exposed to light using fiber optics. After ~-lmini~tration of the conjugate, the eye or skin
or other body part can be exposed to light, resulting in release of the targeted moiety
from the conjugate. This should permit ~-lminictration of higher dosages of such5 conjugates compared to conjugates that release a cytotoxic agent upon internalization.
Heat sensitive linkers would also have similar applicability.
H. Expression vectors and host cells for expression of receptor-bindin~ intern~li7.?~1
li~ands and nucleic acid bindinte domains
Host org~ni~m~ include those org~ni~m~ in which recombinant
production of heterologous proteins have been carried out, such as bacteria (forexample, E. coli), yeast (for example, Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Pichia pastoris),
mslmm~ n cells, and insect cells. Presently ~ref~;l,ed host org~ni~m~ are E. coli
bacterial strains.
The DNA construct encoding the desired protein is introduced into a
plasmid for ~ lcs~ion in an ~pl~liate host. In pler~lled embo~1iment~, the host is a
bacterial host. The sequence encoding the ligand or nucleic acid binding domain is
preferably codon-optimized for expression in the particular host. Thus, for example, if
human FGF-2 is expressed in bacteria, the codons would be optimized for bacterial
usage. For small coding regions the gene can be synthesi7~d as a single
oligonucleotide. For larger proteins, splicing of multiple oligonucleotides, mutagenesis,
or other techniques known to those in the art may be used. For example, the sequence
of a bacterial-codon preferred FGF-SAP fusion is shown in SEQ. ID NO. 80. The
sequences of nucleotides in the plasmids that are regulatory regions, such as promoters
and operators, are operationally associated with one another for transcription. The
sequence of nucleotides encoding the growth factor or growth factor-chimera may also
include DNA encoding a secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a precursor
protein. The resulting processed protein may be recovered from the periplasmic space
or the fermentation medium.
In preferred embodiments, the DNA plasmids also include a transcription
termin~tor sequence. As used herein, a "transcription terminator region" has either (a) a
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI~/US96/07164
subsegment that encodes a polyadenylation signal and polyadenylation site in thetranscript, and/or (b) a subsegment that provides a transcription te-rmin~tion signal that
t-ormin~t~s transcription by the polymerase that recognizes the selected promoter. The
entire transcription t~rmin~t-~r may be obtained from a protein-encoding gene, which
5 may be the same or dirre.cl~ from the inserted gene or the source of the promoter.
Transcription t~rmin~tors are optional components of the expression systems herein, but
are employed in ~ r~ d embotlim~nt~.
The plasmids used herein include a promoter in operable association
with the DNA encoding the protein or polypeptide of interest and are designed for
10 expression of proteins in a b~ct~ri~l host. It has been found that tightly regulatable
promoters are pler~,.led for e~re~ion of saporin. Suitable promoters for ~plession of
proteins and polypeptides herein are widely available and are well known in the art.
Inducible promoters or constitutive promoters that are linked to regulatory regions are
~l~r~,llc:d. Such promoters include, but are not limited to, the T7 phage promoter and
15 other T7-like phage promoters, such as the T3, T5 and SP6 promoters, the trp, lpp, and
lac promoters, such as the lacW5, from E. coli; the P10 or polyhedron gene promoter
of baculovirusfinsect cell ~re~sion systems (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,243,041,
5,242,687, 5,266,317, 4,745,051, and 5,169,784) and inducible promoters from other
eukaryotic ~ ression systems. For expression of the proteins such promoters are
20 inserted in a plasmid in operative linkage with a control region such as the lac operon.
Preferred promoter regions are those that are inducible and functional in
E. coli. Examples of suitable inducible promoters and promoter regions include, but are
not limited to: the E. coli lac operator responsive to isopropyl
-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG, see, et al. Nakamura et al., Cell 18: 1109-1117, 1979),
25 the metallothionein promoter metal-regulatory-elements responsive to heavy-metal
(e.g, zinc) induction (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,870,009 to Evans et al.); the phage
T71ac promoter responsive to IPT~ (see, e.g, U.S. Patent No. 4,952,496; and Studier et
al., Meth. Enzymol. 185:60-89, 1990) and the TAC promoter.
The plasmids also preferably include a selectable marker gene or genes
30 that are functional in the host. A selectable marker gene includes any gene that confers
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W096/36362 PCTnUS96107164
51
a phenotype on bacteria that allows transformed bacterial cells to be identified and
selectively grown from among a vast majority of untransformed cells. Suitable
selectable marker genes for bacterial hosts, for example, include the ampicillinrecict~nce gene (Amp7, tetracycline resict~nce gene (Tcr) and the kanamycin recict~n~e
gene (Kanr). The kanamycin resistance gene is presently pl~efelled.
The plasmids may also include DNA encoding a signal for secretion of
the operably linked protein. Secretion signals suitable for use are widely available and
are well known in the art. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic secretion signals functional in
E. coli may be employed. The presently ~-~rell.,d secretion signals include, but are not
limited to, those encoded by the following E. coli genes: ompA, ompT, ompF, ompC,
beta~ t~m~ce, and ~lk~lint- phosph~t~ce, and the like (von Heijne, J Mol. Biol.
184:99-105, 1985). In addition, the bacterial pelB gene secretion signal (Lei et al., J.
Bacteriol. 169:4379, 1987), the phoA secretion signal, and the cek2 functional in insect
cell may be employed. The most yrer~lled secretion signal is the E. coli ompA
secretion signal. Other prokaryotic and eukaryotic secretion signals known to those of
skill in the art may also be employed (see, e.g, von Heijne, J. Mol. Biol. 184:99-105,
1985). Using the methods described herein, one of skill in the art can substitute
secretion signals that are functional in either yeast, insect or ms~mm~ n cells to secrete
proteins from those cells.
Particularly pl~rell~d plasmids for transformation of E. coli cells include
the pET ~2~yles~ion vectors (see U.S patent 4,952,496, available from Novagen,
Madison, WI; see also literature published by Novagen describing the system). Such
pl~cmi(lc include pET lla, which contains the T71ac promoter, T7 termin~tor, theinducible E. coli lac operator, and the lac repressor gene; pET 12a-c, which contains the
T7 promoter, T7 tcnnin~t~ r, and the E. coli ompT secretion signal; and pET l5b
(Novagen, Madison, WI), which contains a His-TagTM leader sequence for use in
purification with a His column and a thrombin cleavage site that permits cleavage
following purification over the column, the ~7-lac promoter region and the T7
termin~tc r.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI'IUS96/07164
52
Other preferred plasmids include the pKK plasmids, particularly pKK
223-3, which contains the tac promoter, (available from ph~rm~ ; see also Brosius et
al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:6929, 1984; Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in
Molecular Biology, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,122,463, 5,173,403, 5,187,153, 5,204,254,
5,212,058, 5,212,286, 5,215,907, 5,220,013, 5,223,483, and 5,229,279). Plasmid pKK
has been modified by replacement of the ampicillin resistance marker gene, by
digestion with EcoR:~, with a kanamycin resi~t~nce cassette with EcoRI sticky ends
(purchased from Ph~rm~ci:~ obtained from pUC4K, see, e.g, Vieira et al. (Gene
19:259-268, 1982; and U.S. Patent No. 4,719,179). Baculovirus vectors, such as
pBlueBac (also called pJVETL and derivatives thereof), particularly pBlueBac III, (see,
e.g, U.S. Patent Nos. S,278,050, 5,244,805, 5,243,041, 5,242,687, 5,266,317,
4,745,051, and 5,169,784; available from Invitrogen, San Diego) may also be used for
expression of the polypeptides in insect cells. The pBlueBacIII vector is a dualpromoter vector and provides for the selection of recombinants by blue/white screening
as this plasmid contains the 13-galactosidase gene (lacZ) under the control of the insect
recognizable ETL promoter and is inducible with IPTG. A DNA construct may be
made in baculovirus vector pBluebac III and then co-transfected with wild type virus
into insect cells Spodoptera fi ugiperda (sf9 cells; see, e.g, Luckow et al.,
Bio/technology 6:47-55, 1988, and U.S. Patent No. 4,745,051).
Other plasmids include the pIN-IIIompA plasmids (see U.S. Patent
No. 4,575,013; see aZso Duffaud et al., Meth. Enz. 153:492-507, 1987), such as pIN-
IIIompA2. The pIN-IIIompA plasmids include an insertion site for heterologous DNA
linked in transcriptional reading frame with four functional fr~gment~ derived from the
lipoprotein gene of E. coli. The plasmids also include a DNA fragment coding for the
signal peptide of the ompA protein of E coli, positioned such that the desired
polypeptide is expressed with the ompA signal peptide at its amino terminus, thereby
allowing eff1cient secretion across the cytoplasmic membrane. The plasmids further
include DNA encoding a specific segment of the E. coli lac promoter-operator, which is
positioned in the proper orientation for transcriptional expression of the desired
polypeptide, as well as a separate functional E coli lacI gene encoding the associated
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/IJS96/07164
repressor molecule that, in the absence of lac operon inducer, interacts with the lac
promoter-operator to prevent transcription therefrom. Expression of the desired
polypeptide is under the control of the lipoprotein (lpp) promoter and the lac
promoter-operator, although transcription from either promoter is normally blocked by
the repressor molecule. The repressor is selectively inactivated by means of an inducer
molecule thereby inducing transcriptional expression of the desired polypeptide from
both promoters.
Preferably, the DNA fragment is replicated in b~cteri~l cells, preferably
in E. coli. The ~ler. ~led DNA fragment also includes a bacterial origin of replication,
to ensure the m~int~n~nce of the DNA fragment from generation to generation of the
bacteria. In this way, large quantities of the DNA fragment can be produced by
replication in bacteria. Preferred bacterial origins of replication include, but are not
limited to, the fl-ori and col El origins of replication. Preferred hosts contain
chromosomal copies of DNA encoding T7 RNA polymerase operably linked to an
inducible promoter, such as the lacW promoter (see U.S. Patent No. 4,952,496). Such
hosts include, but are not limited to, lysogens E. coli strains HMS174(DE3)pLysS,
BL21(DE3)pLysS, HMS174(DE3) and BL21(DE3). Strain BL21(DE3) is ~lerelled.
The pLys strains provide low levels of T7 lysozyme, a natural inhibitor of T7 RNA
polymerase.
The DNA fragments provided may also contain a gene coding for a
repressor protein. The repressor protein is capable of leples~illg the transcription of a
promoter that contains sequences of nucleotides to which the repressor protein binds.
The promoter can be derepressed by altering the physiological conditions of the cell.
For example, the alteration can be accomplished by adding to the growth medium amolecule that inhibits the ability to interact with the operator or with regulatory proteins
or other regions of the DNA or by altering the temperature of the growth media.
Preferred repressor proteins include, but are not limited to the E. coli lacI repressor
responsive to IPTG induction, the temperature sensitive ~ cI857 repressor, and the like.
The E. coli lacI repressor is preferred.
~ CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
DNA encoding full-length FGF-2 or FGF-2 mutein is linked to DNA
encoding an nucleic acid binding domain, such as protamine, and introduced into the
pET vectors, including pET-1 la and pET-12a expression vectors (Novagen, Madison,
WI), for inkacellular and periplasmic expression, respectively, of FGF-protamine fusion
5 proteins.
I. Pl~pal~Llion of complexes cont~inin~ receptor-bindin~ intPrn~li7~-1
li~ands/nucleic acid bindin~ domain conju~ates and cytocide-encoding a~ents
Within the context of this invention, specificity of delivery is achieved
10 through the ligand. Typically, a nucleic acid binding domain is coupled to a receptor-
binding intern~li7~ ligand, either by chemical conjugation or as a fusion protein. As
described below, the ligand may alternatively be coupled directly to the nucleic acid and
then complexed with a nucleic acid binding protein, such as poly-lysine, which serves
to condense the nucleic acid. Linkers as described above may optionally be used. The
15 receptor-binding int~rn~li7Pd ligand confers specificity of delivery in a cell-specific
manner. The choice of the receptor-binding int~rn~li7t?-1 ligand to use will depend upon
the receptor expressed by the target cells. The receptor type of the target cell population
may be detertninerl by conventional techniques such as antibody stslining, PCR of
cDNA using receptor-specific primers, and biochemical or functional receptor binding
20 assays. It is preferable that the receptor be cell type-specific or have increased
expression or activity (i. e., higher rate of inttorn~li7~tion) within the target cell
population.
As described herein, the nucleic acid binding domain can be of two
types, non-specific in its ability to bind nucleic acid, or highly specific so that the amino
25 acid residues bind only the desired nucleic acid sequence. Nonspecific binding
proteins, polypeptides, or compounds are generally polycationic or highly basic. Lys
and Arg are the most basic of the 20 common amino acids; proteins enriched for these
residues are candidates for nucleic acid binding domains. Examples of basic proteins
include histones, protz~min~c, and repeating units of lysine and arginine. Poly-L-lysine
30 is an often-used nucleic acid binding domain (see U.S. Patent Nos. 5,166,320 and
5,354,844). Poly-L-lysine and prot~nine are ~i~r~ d. Other polycations, such as
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
le and spermidine, may also be used to bind nucleic acids. By way of example,
the sequence-specific proteins, including gal4, Sp-l, AP-l, myoD and the rev gene
product from HIV, may be used. Specific nucleic acid binding domains can be cloned
in t~n~l~m, individually, or multiply to a desired region of the receptor-binding
S intt-rn:~li7~cl ligand of interest. Alternatively, the ligand and binding domain can be
chemically conjugated to each other.
The corresponding sequence that binds a sequence-specific domain is
incorporated into the construct to be delivered. Complexing the cytocidal-encoding
agent to the receptor-binding int~ li7-o-1 ligand/nucleic acid binding domain allows
10 specific binding to the nucleic acid binding domain. Even greater specificity of binding
may be achieved by identifying and using the minim~l amino acid sequence that binds
to the cytocidal-encoding agent of interest. For example, phage display methods can be
used to identify amnino acids residues of varying length that will bind to specific nucleic
acid sequences with high affinity. (See U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409.) The peptide
15 sequence can then be cloned into the receptor-binding intern~li7~1 ligand as a single
copy or multiple copies. Alternatively, the peptide may be chemically conjugated to the
receptor-binding int~rn~li7~cl ligand. Incubation of the cytocide-encoding agent with
the conjugated proteins will result in a specific binding between the two.
These complexes may be used to deliver nucleic acids that encode
20 saporin, other cytocidal proteins, or prodrugs into cells with a~l,lo~,iate receptors that
are expressed, over-expressed or more acti~e in int~rn~li7~tion upon binding. The
cytocide gene is cloned downstream of a m~mm~ n promoter such as c-myc, SV40
early or late gene, CMV-IE, TK or adenovirus promoter. As described above,
promoters of interest may be active in any cell type, active only in a tissue-specific
25 manner, such as a-crystalline or tyrosinase, event specific, or inducible, such as the
MMTV LTR.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
56
1. Chemical coniu~ation
a. Pl~,u~dlion of receptor-binding internslli7~ ands
Receptor-binding int~?rn~li7~d ligands are prepared as discussed by any
suitable method, including recombinant DNA technology, isolation from a suitablesource, purchase from a commercial source, or chemical synthesis. The selected linker
or linkers is (are) linked to the receptor-binding int~rn~li7tod ligands by chemical
reaction, generally relying on an available thiol or amine group on the receptor-binding
internzlli7~-1 lig~nrl~ Heterobifunctional linkers are particularly suited for chemical
conjugation. Alternatively, if the linker is a peptide linker, then the receptor-binding
int~rn~li7~cl lig~n-lc, linker and nucleic acid binding domain can be expressed
recombinantly as a fusion protein.
Any protein that binds and int~rn~li7es through a receptor interaction
may be used herein. In particular, any member of the FGF family of peptides or portion
thereof that binds to an FGF receptor and int~rn~li7.?s a linked agent may be used
herein. For the chemical conjugation methods the protein may be produced
recombinantly, produced synthetically or obtained from commercial or other sources.
For the ~ udlion of fusion proteins, the DNA encoding the FGF may be obtained
from any known source or synth~si7~1 according to its DNA or amino acid sequences
(see flicc~ ion above).
Although any of the growth factors may be conjugated in this manner,
FGF, VEGF, and HBEGF conjugation are discussed merely by way of example and not
by way of limitation.
If necessary or desired, the heterogeneity of p~ep~dLions of ligand (e.g,
FGF) cont~inin~ chemical conjugates and fusion proteins can be reduced by modifying
the ligand by deleting or replacing a site(s) that causes the heterogeneity. Such sites in
FGF are typically cysteine residues that upon folding of the protein remain available for
interaction with other cysteines or for interaction with more than one cytotoxicmolecule per molecule of FGF peptide. Thus, such cysteine residues do not include any
cysteine residue that is required for proper folding of the FGF peptide or for binding to
30 an FGF receptor and int~ rnz~ tion. For chemical conjugation, one cysteine residue
CA 02221269 Igg7-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96l07164
57
that in physiological conditions is available for interaction is not replaced but is used as
the site for linking the cytotoxic moiety. The resulting modified FGFis thus conjugated
with a single species of nucleic acid binding domain (or nucleic acid).
The polypeptide reactive with an FGF receptor may be modified by
5 removing one or more reactive cysteines that are not required for receptor binding, but
that are available for reaction with a~uplu~l;ately derivatized cytotoxic agent, so that the
resllltingFGF protein has only one cysteine residue available for conjugation with the
cytotoxic agent. If necessary, the contribution of each cysteine to the ability to bind to
FGF receptors may be determined empirically. Each cysteine residue may be
10 syst~-m~tic~lly replaced with a conservative amino acid change (see Table 1, above) or
deleted. The resulting mutein is tested for the requisite biological activity, the ability to
bind to FGF receptors and int~rn~li7e linked cytotoxic moieties. If the mutein retains at
least 50% of wild-type activity, then the cysteine residue is not required. Additional
cysteines are systematically deleted and replaced and the resulting muteins are tested for
15 activity. In this manner the mi.~i...-.~.~ number and identity of the cysteines needed to
retain the ability to bind to an FGF receptor and int~rn~li7~- may be clet~rminP~l The
resulting mutant FGFis then tested for retention of the ability to target a cytotoxic agent
to a cell that expresses an FGF receptor and to internslli7~ the cytotoxic agent into such
cells. Retention of proliferative activity is indicative, though not definitive, of the
20 retention of such activities. Proliferative activity may be measured by any suitable
proliferation assay, such as the assay, exemplified below, that measures the increase in
cell number of bovine aortic endothelial cells.
It is noted, however, that modified or mutant FGFs may exhibit reduced
or no proliferative activity, but may be suitable for use herein, if they retain the ability
25 to target cytocide-encoding agent to cells bearing FGF receptors and result in
intem~li7~tion. Certain residues of FGF-2 have been associated with proliferative
activity. Modification of these residues arg 1 16, lys 1 19, tyr 120, trp 123 to ile 1 16, glu
119, ala 120, ala 123 may be made individually (see SEQ ID NOs. 81-84) to removethis function. The resulting protein is tested for proliferative activity by a standard
30 assay.
=
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
Any of FGF- 1 - FGF-9 may be used. The complete amino acid sequence
of each of FGF-l - FGF- 9 is known (see, e.g., SEQ ID NO. 10 (FGF-l) and SEQ ID
NOs. 12-18 (FGF-3 - FGF-9, respectively)). Comparison among the amino acid
sequences of FGF-l -FGF-9 reveals that one Cys is conserved among FGF family of
5 peptides (see Table 3). These cysteine residues may be required for secondary structure
and are not plef~;.lcd residues to be altered. Each of the rem~inin?~ cysteine residues
may be syst~m~tir~lly deleted and/or replaced by a serine residue or other residue that
would not be expected to alter the structure of the protein. The resulting peptide is
tested for biological activity. If the cysteine residue is necessary for retention of
10 biological activity it is not deleted; if it not necessary, then it is preferably replaced with
a serine or other residue that should not alter the secondary structure of the resulting
protein.
The cysteine residues from each of FGF-l - FGF-9 that appear to be
ess~nti~l for retention of biological activity and that are not ~l~f~ d residues for
15 deletion or repl~r~ment are as follows:
TABLE 3
FGF- 1 cys98
FGF-2 cys'~'
FGF-3 cys' 15
FGF-4 cys~55
FGF-S cysl60
FGF-6 cys~4'
FGF-7 cys'3'
FGF-8 cys"'
FGF-9 cysl34
For example, FGF-l has cysteines at positions 31, 98 and 132; FGF-2
has cysteines at positions 34, 78, 96 and 101; FGF-3 has cysteines at positions 50 and
115, FGF-4 has cysteines at positions 88 and 155; FGF-S has cysteines at positions 19,
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
59
93,160 and 202;FGF-6 has cysteines at positions 80 and 147;FGF-7 has cysteines at
positions 18,23,32,46,71,133 and 137;FGF-8 has cysteines at positions 10, 19, 109
and 127; and FGF-9 has cysteines at positions 68 and 134.
Since FGF-3,FGF-4 and FGF-6 have only two cysteines, for purposes of
5 chemical conjugation, preferably neither cysteine is deleted or replaced, unless another
residue, preferably one near either terrninus, is replaced with a cysteine. With respect to
the other FGF family members, at least one cysteine must remain available for
conjugation with the cytotoxic conjugate and probably two cysteines, but at least the
cysteine residues set forth in Table 3. A second cysteine may be required to form a
10 disulfide bond. Thus, any FGF peptide that has more than three cysteines is be
modified for chPmic~l conjugation by deleting or replacing the other cysteine residues.
FGF peptides that have three cysteine residues are modified by elimin~tion of one
cysteine, conjugated to a cytotoxic moiety and tested for the ability to bind to FGF
receptors and intern~li7t? the cytotoxic moiety.
In accord with the methods herein, several mutein~ of basic FGF for
chemical conjugation have been produced (~,e~aL~lion of muteins for recombinant
expression of the conjugate is described below). DNA, obtained from pFC80 (see PCT
Application Serial No. PCT/US93/05702; United States Application Serial
No. 07/901,718; see also SEQ ID NO. 52) encoding basic FGF has been mutagenized.Mutagenesis of cysteine 78 of basic FGF(FGF-2) to serine ([C78S]FGF) or cysteine 96
to serine ([C96S]FGF) produced two mutants that retain virtually complete proliferative
activity of native basic FGF as judged by the ability to stimulate endothelial cell
proliferation in culture. The activities of the two ~llulant~ and the native protein do not
significantly differ as ~c~çsse~l by efficacy or m~xim~l response. Sequence analysis of
the modified DNA verified that each of the mutants has one codon for cysteine
converted to that for serine. The construction and biological activity of FGF-l with
cysteine substitutions of one, two or all three cysteines has been disclosed (U.S. Patent
No. 5,223,483). The mitogenic activity of the mutants was similar to or increased over
the native protein. Thus, any of the cysteines may be mllt~tç-l and FGF-lwill still bind
30 and int~rn~li7e
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/IJS96/07164
The rçsnltin~ mutein FGF or unmodified FGF is reacted with a nucleic
acid binding ~lomzlin The bFGF mntein~ may react with a single species of derivatized
nucleic acid binding domain (mono-derivatized nucleic acid binding domain), thereby
resulting in monogenous ~le~dlions of FGF-nucleic acid binding domain conjugates5 and homogeneous compositions of FGF-nucleic acid binding domain ch~mi~
conjugates. The resulting chemical conjugates do not aggregate and retain the requisite
biological activities.
VEGF or HBEGF may be isolated from a suitable source or may be
produced using recombinant DNA methodology, ~ c~l~eed below. To effect chemic~l
10 conjugation herein, the growth factor protein is conjugated generally via a reactive
amine group or thiol group to the nucleic acid binding domain directly or through a
linker to the nucleic acid binding domain. The growth factor protein is conjugated
either via its N-terminllc, C-t~rrninll~, or elsewhere in the polypeptide. In ~lefe~ d
embo-lim~nt~, the growth factor protein is conjugated via a reactive cysteine residue to
15 the linker or to the nucleic acid binding domain. The growth factor can also be
modified by addition of a cysteine residue, either by replacing a residue or by inserting
the cysteine, at or near the amino or carboxyl terminl~, within about 20, preferably 10
residues from either end, and preferably at or near the amino tlorminn~
In certain embodiments, the heterogeneity of preparations may be
20 reduced by mutagenizing the growth factor protein to replace reactive cysteines,
leaving, preferably, only one available cysteine for reaction. The growth factor protein
is modified by deleting or replacing a site(s) on the growth factor that causes the
heterogeneity. Such sites are typically cysteine residues that, upon folding of the
protein, remain available for interaction with other cysteines or for interaction with
25 more than one cytotoxic molecule per molecule of heparin-binding growth factor
peptide. Thus, such cysteine residues do not include any cysteine residue that are
required for proper folding of the growth factor or for retention of the ability to bind to
a growth factor receptor and intt?rn~ P. For chemical conjugation, one cysteine residue
that, in physiological conditions, is available for interaction, is not replaced because it is
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
61
used as the site for linking the cytotoxic moiety. The resulting modified heparin-binding
growth factor is conjugated with a single species of cytotoxic conjugate.
Alternatively, the contribution of each cysteine to the ability to bind to
VEGF, HBEGF or other heparin-binding growth factor receptors may be determined
5 empirically as described herein. Each cysteine residue may be systematically replaced
with a conservative amino acid change (see Table 1, above) or deleted. The resulting
mutein is tested for the requisite biological activity: the ability to bind to growth factor
receptors and internalize linked nucleic acid binding domain and agents. If the mutein
retains this activity, then the cysteine residue is not required. Additional cysteines are
10 systematically deleted and replaced and the resulting mllt~in~ are tested for activity.
Each of the rem~ining cysteine residues may be systematically deleted and/or replaced
by a serine residue or other residue that would not be expected to alter the structure of
the protein. The resulting peptide is tested for biological activity. If the cysteine residue
is necessary for retention of biological activity it is not deleted; if it not necessary, then
15 it is preferably replaced with a serine or other residue that should not alter the secondary
structure of the resulting protein. In this manner the minimum number and identity of
the cysteines needed to retain the ability to bind to a heparin-binding growth factor
receptor and internalize may be determin~cl It is noted, however, that modified or
mutant heparin-binding growth factors may exhibit reduced or no proliferative activity,
20 but may be suitable for use herein, if they retain the ability to target a linked cytotoxic
agent to cells bearing receptors to which the unmodified heparin-binding growth factor
binds and result in int~rn~li7~tion of the cytotoxic moiety. In the case of VEGF,
VEGF~2l contains 9 cysteines and each of VEGF,65, VEGFI89 and VEGF206 contain 7
additional residues in the region not present in VEGFI2l. Any of the 7 are likely to be
25 non-essential for targeting and intern~li7~tion of linked cytotoxic agents. Recently, the
role of Cys-25, Cys-56, Cys-67, Cys-101, and Cys-145 in dimerization and biological
activity was assessed (Claffery et al., Biochem. Biophys. Acta 1246:1-9, 1995).
Dimerization requires Cys-25, Cys-56, and Cys-67. Substitution of any one of these
cysteine residues resulted in secretion of a monomeric VEGF, which was inactive in
30 both vascular permeability and endothelial cell mitotic assays. In contrast, substitution
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96136362 PCI'/US96/07164
of Cys 145 had no effect on dimerization, although biological activities were somewhat
reduced. Substitution of Cys-iOl did not result in the production of a secreted or
cytoplasmic protein. Thus, substitution of Cys-145 is plc~r~c:d.
The VEGF monomers are preferably linked via non-essçnti~l cysteine L
S residues to the linkers or to the targeted agent. VEGF that has been modified by
introduction of a Cys residue at or near one tt?rmin-l~, preferably the N-t~ is
plc~felled for use in chemic~l conjugation. For use herein, preferably the VEGF is
dimerized prior to linkage to the linker and/or targeted agent. Methods for coupling
proteins to the linkers, such as the heterobifunctional agents, or to nucleic acids, or to
10 proteins are known to those of skill in the art and are also described herein.
For recombinant expression using the methods described herein, up to all
cysteines in the HBEGF polypeptide that are not required for biological activity can be
deleted or replaced. AlLclll~lively, for use in the chemical conjugation methods herein,
all except one of these cysteines, which will be used for Ch.?Tni~l conjugation to the
15 cj~.otoxic ager.t, c~be de;e~ed or rep;aced. Each of the HBEGF polypeptides described
herein have six cysteine residues. Each of the six cysteines may independently be
replaced and the resulting mutein tested for the ability to bind to HBEGF receptors and
to be intçrn~li7Prl Alternatively, the resulting mutein-encoding DNA is used as part of
a construct cont~ining DNA encoding the nucleic acid binding domain linked to the
20 HBEGF-encoding DNA. The construct is expressed in a suitable host cell and the
resulting protein tested for the ability to bind to HBEGF receptors and int~rn~li7t- As
long as this ability is retained the mutein is suitable for use herein.
Methods for chemical conjugation of proteins are known to those of skill
in the art. The pr~f~ d methods for chemical conjugation depend on the selected
25 components, but preferably rely on disulfide bond forrnation. For exarnple, if the
targeted agent is SPDP-derivatized saporin, then it is advarltageous to dimerize the
VEGF moiety prior coupling or conjugating to the derivatized saporin. If VEGF ismodified to include a cysteine residue at or near the N-, preferably, or ~- If?rrninu~, then
dimerization should follow coupling to the nucleic acid binding domain. To effect
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
63
chemical conjugation herein, the HBEGF polypeptide is linked via one or more selected
linkers or directly to the nucleic acid binding domain.
b. Plep~dLion of nucleic acid bindin~ domains for chemical
conju~ation
A nucleic acid binding domain is prepared for chemical conjugation. For
chemical conjugation, a nucleic acid binding domain may be derivatized with SPDP or
other suitable chemicals. If the binding domain does not have a Cys residue available
for reaction, one can be either inserted or substituted for another amino acid. If desired,
mono-derivatized species may be isolated, essentially as described.
For chemical conjugation, the nucleic acid binding domain may be
derivatized or modified such that it includes a cysteine residue for conjugation to the
receptor-binding int~rn~ 1 ligand. Typically, derivatization proceeds by reaction
with SPDP. This results in a heterogeneous population. For example, nucleic acidbinding domain that is derivatized by SPDP to a level of 0.9 moles pyridine-disulfide
per mole of nucleic acid binding domain includes a population of non-dt;livdLi~;d,
mono-derivatized and di-derivatized SAP. nucleic acid binding domain proteins, which
are overly derivatized with SPDP, may lose ability to bind nucleic acid because of
reaction with sensitive lysines (Lambert et al., Cancer Treat. Res. 37:175-209, 1988).
The quantity of non-derivatized nucleic acid binding domain in the preparation of the
non-purified m~t~ri~l can be difficult to judge and this may lead to errors in being able
to estim~te the correct proportion of derivatized nucleic acid binding domain to add to
the reaction mixture.
Because of the removal of a negative charge by the reaction of SPDP
with lysine, the three species, however, have a charge difference. The methods herein
rely on this charge difference for purification of mono-derivatized nucleic acid binding
domain by Mono-S cation exchange chromatography. The use of purified mono-
derivatized nucleic acid binding domain has distinct advantages over the non-purified
material. The amount of receptor-binding internalized ligand that can react with nucleic
acid binding domain is limited to one molecule with the mono-derivatized material, and
it is seen in the results presented herein that a more homogeneous conjugate is
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
64
produced. There may still be sources of heterogeneity with the mono-derivatized
nucleic acid binding domain used here but is acceptable as long as binding to the
cytocide-encoding agent is not impacted.
Because more than one amino group on the nucleic acid binding domain
S may react with the succinimidyl moiety, it is possible that more than one amino group
on the surface of the protein is reactive. This creates potential for heterogeneity in the
mono-derivatized nucleic acid binding ~lom~in
As an ~lt~rn~tive to deliv~Li~ g to introduce a sulfhydryl, the nucleic
acid binding domain can be modified by the introduction of a cysteine residue.
Preferred loci for inkoduction of a cysteine residue include the N-t~rminll~ region,
preferably within about one to twenty residues from the N-te~ of the nucleic acid
binding clom~in
Using either methodology (reacting mono-dc~;v~Li~d nucleic acid
binding domain or introducing a Cys residue into nucleic acid binding domain), the
resulting ~ Lions of ch~mic~l conjugates are monogenous; compositions colll~ g
the conjugates also appear to be free of aggregates.
2. Fusion protein of receptor-bindin~ intern~li7~d li~ands and nucleic acid
binding domain
As a ~l~relled ~ltt?rn~tive, heterogeneity can be avoided by producing a
fusion protein of receptor-binding intern~li7tod ligand and nucleic acid binding domain,
as described below. Expression of DNA encoding a fusion of a receptor-binding
intern~li7~-A ligand polypeptide linked to the nucleic acid binding domain results in a
more homogeneous preparation of cytotoxic conjugates. Aggregate formation can bereduced in p,~dl~Lions cont~ining the fusion proteins by modifying the receptor-binding intern:~li7~cl ligand, such as by removal of nonessential cysteines, and/or the
nucleic acid binding domain to prevent interactions between conjugates via free
cysteines. Optionally, one or more coding regions for endosome-disruptive peptide
may be constructed as part of the fusion protein.
DNA encoding the polypeptides may be isolated, synthe~i7~cl or
obtained from commercial sources or prepared as described herein. Expression of
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/USg6/07164
recombinant polypeptides may be performed as described herein; and DNA encoding
these polypeptides may be used as the starting materials for the methods herein.As described above, DNA encoding FGF, VEGF, HBEGF hepatocyte
growth factor, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10, IL-11, IL-13, TNF, GM-
CSF, IFN and IGF polypeptides and/or the amino acid sequences of these factors are
described above. DNA may be prepared synthetically based on the amino acid or DNA
sequence or may be isolated using methods known to those of skill in the art, such as
PCR, probe hybridization of libraries, and the like or obtained from commercial or other
sources. For example, suitable methods are described in the Examples for amplifying
FGF encoding cDNA from plasmids cont~ining FGF encoding cDNA.
As described herein, such DNA may then be mutagenized using standard
methodologies to delete or replace any cysteine residues that are responsible for
aggregate formation. If ntocess~ry, the identity of cysteine residues that contribute to
aggregate formation may be ~leterTnint?~l empirically, by deleting and/or replacing a
cysteine residue and ascertaining whether the res-llting growth factor with the deleted
cysteine forms aggregates in solutions cont~ining physiologically acceptable buffers
and salts. Loci for insertion of cysteine residues may also be dete~ninerl empirically.
Generally, regions at or near (within 20, preferably 10 amino acids) the C- or,
preferably, the N-terTninll~ are pler~;lled.
The DNA construct encoding the fusion protein can be inserted into a
plasmid and expressed in a selected host, as described above, to produce a recombinant
receptor-binding intern~li7~d ligand--nucleic acid binding domain conjugate. Multiple
copies of the chimera can be inserted into a single plasmid in operative linkage with one
promoter. When expressed, the resulting protein will then be a multimer. Typically,
two to six copies of the chimera are inserted, preferably in a head to tail fashion, into
one plasmid.
a. Preparation of muteins for recombinant production of the fusion
l~rotein
Removal of cysteines not required for binding and intern~li7~tion is
preferred for both chemical conjugation and recombinant methods in the chemical
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/[JS96/07164
conjugation methods, all except one cysteine, which is n~ces~ry for chemical
conjugation are deleted or replaced. In practice, it appears that for FGF polypeptides
only two cysteines (including each of the cysteine residues set forth in Table 3), and
perhaps only the cysteines set forth in Table 3, are required for retention of the requisite
S biological activity of the FGF peptide. Thus, FGF peptides that have more than two
cysteines are modified by replacing the remz~ining cysteines with serines. The resulting
muteins may be tested for the requisite biological activity.
FGF peptides, such as FGF-3, FGF4 and FGF-6, that have two cysteines
can be modified by replacing the second cysteine, which is not listed in Table 3, and the
10 resulting mutein used as part of a construct cont~ininp DNA encoding the cytotoxic
agent linked to the FGF-encoding DNA. The construct is expressed in a suitable host
cell and the resulting protein tested for the ability to bind to FGF receptors and
intern~li7~ the cytotoxic agent. As exemplified herein, conjugates c~ g bFGFmlltein~ in which Cys78 and Cys96 have been replaced with serine residues have been
15 ~ d.
b. DNA constructs and expression of the DNA constructs
To produce monogenous pl~epdldlions of fusion protein, DNA encoding
the FGF protein or other receptor-binding intern~li7~-1 ligand is modified so that, upon
20 expression, the resllltin~ FGF portion of the fusion protein does not include any
cysteines available for reaction. In ~ler~lled embodiments, DNA encoding an FGF
polypeptide is linked to DNA encoding a nucleic acid binding domain. The DNA
encoding the FGF polypeptide or other receptor-binding int~ li7~-1 ligand is modified
in order to remove the translation stop codon and other transcriptional or translational
25 stop signals that may be present and to remove or replace DNA encoding the available
cysteines. The DNA is then ligated to the DNA encoding the nucleic acid binding
domain polypeptide directly or via a linker region of one or more codons between the
first codon of the nucleic acid binding domain and the last codon of the FGF. The size
of the linker region may be any length as long as the resulting conjugate binds and is
30 intern~li7Pfl by a target cell. Presently, spacer regions of from about one to about
CA 02221269 I gg7 - l l - l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/USg6/07164
67
seventy-five to ninety codons are ~-er~l-ed. The order of the receptor-binding
int~rn~li7.--l ligand and nucleic acid binding domain in the fusion protein may be
reversed. If the nucleic acid binding domain is N-t~rrnin~l, then it is modified to
~ remove the stop codon and any stop signals.
S As discussed above, any heparin-binding protein, including FGF, VEGF,
HBEGF, cytokine, growth factor and the like may be modified and expressed in accord
with the methods herein. Binding to an FGF receptor followed by int~rn~li7~tion are
the only activities required for an FGF protein to be suitable for use herein. All of the
FGF proteins induce mitogenic activity in a wide variety of normal diploid mesoderm-
derived and neural crest-derived cells and this activity is mediated by binding to an FGF
cell surface receptor followed by int~rn~li7~tion. A test of such "FGF mitogenicactivity", which reflects the ability to bind to FGF receptors and to be intern~li7~-1 is
the ability to stim~ te proliferation of cultured bovine aortic endothelial cells (see, e.g,
Gospodarowicz et al., J. Biol. C~tem. 257:12266-12278, 1982; Gospodarowicz et al.,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 73:4120-4124, 1976).
If the FGF or other ligand has been modified so as to lack mitogenic
activity or other biological activities, binding and int.orn~li7~tion may still be readily
assayed by any one of the following tests or other equivalent tests. Generally, these
tests involve labeling the ligand, incubating it with target cells, and vi~ li7ing or
measuring intracellular label. For example, briefly, FGF may be fluorescently labeled
with FITC or radiolabeled with l25I. Fluorescein-conjugated FGF is incubated with
cells and examined microscopically by fluorescence microscopy or confocal
microscopy for internslli7~tion. When FGF is labeled with 125I, the labeled FGF is
incubated with cells at 4~C. Cells are temperature shifted to 37~C and washed with 2 M
NaCl at low pH to remove any cell-bound FGF. Label is then counted and thereby
measuring interrl:~li7~tion of FGF. Alternatively, the ligand can be conjugated with an
nucleic acid binding domain by any of the methods described herein and complexedwith a plasmid encoding saporin. As discussed below, the complex may be used to
transfect cells and cytotoxicity measured.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/363G2 PCT/US96/07164
The DNA encoding the resulting receptor-binding inten~li7ecl
ligand--nucleic acid binding domain can be inserted into a plasmid and expressed in a
selected host, as described above, to produce a monogenous ~l~dLion. Fusion
proteins of FGF-2 and protamine are especially suitable for use in the present invention.
S Multiple copies of the modified receptor-binding intern~li7e~1
ligand/nucleic acid binding domain chimera can be inserted into a single plasmid in
operative linkage with one promoter. When expressed, the res-llting protein will be a
multimer. Typically two to six copies of the chimera are inserted, preferably in a head
to tail fashion, into one plasmid.
Merely by way of example, DNA encoding human bFGF-SAP having
SEQ ID NO. 52 has been mutagenized as described in the Examples using splicing by
overlap extension (SOE). Another ~ rcll~d coding region is set forth in SEQ ID
NO. 53. In both instances, in ~r~ ,d embo-liment~, the DNA is modified by
replacing the cysteines at positions 78 and 96 with serine. The codons encoding
cysteine residues at positions 78 and 96 of FGF were converted to serine codons by
SOE. Each application of the SOE method uses two ~mplified oligonucleotide
products, which have complementary ends as primers and which include an altered
codon at the locus at which the mutation is desired, to produce a hybrid product. A
second amplification reaction that uses two primers that anneal at the non-overlapping
ends amplify the hybrid to produce DNA that has the desired alteration.
3. Bindin~ of the receptor-bindin~ intern~li7~rl li~and/nucleic acid bindin~
domain conju~ate to cvtocide-encodin~ a~ents
The receptor-binding intt?rn~li7e~1 ligand/nucleic acid binding domain is
incubated with the cytocide-encoding agent, preferably a linear DNA molecule, to be
delivered under conditions that allow binding of the nucleic acid binding domain to the
agent. Conditions will vary somewhat depending on the nature of the nucleic acidbinding domain, but will typically occur in 0.1M NaCl and 20 mM HEPES or other
similar buffer. Alternatively, salt conditions can be varied to increase the packing or
condensation of DNA. The extent of binding is preferably tested for each preparation.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
69
After complexing, additional nucleic acid binding domain, such as poly-L-lysine, may
be added to further conclen~e the nucleic acid.
Merely by way of example, test constructs have been made and tested.
One construct is a chemical conjugate of bFGF and poly-L-lysine. The bFGF molecule
S is a variant in which the Cys residue at position 96 has been changed to a serine; thus,
only the Cys at position 78 is available for conjugation. This bFGF is called FGF2-3.
The poly-L-lysine was derivatized with SPDP and coupled to FGF2-3. This FGF2-
3/poly-L-lysine conjugate was used to deliver a plasmid able to express the
13-galactosidase gene.
The ability of a construct to bind nucleic acid molecules may be
conveniently ~se~ecl by agarose gel electrophoresis. Briefly, a plasmid, such as pSV,I~,
is digested with restriction enzymes to yield a variety of fragment sizes. For ease of
detection, the fr~ment~ may be labeled with 32p either by filling in of the ends with
DNA polymerase I or by phosphor,vlation of the 5'-end with polynucleotide kinase15 following dephosphorylation by ~lk:~line phosphatase. The plasmid fragments are then
incubated with the receptor-binding intern~li7t?-1 ligand/nucleic acid binding domain in
this case, FGF2-3/poly-L-lysine in a buffered saline solution, such as 20 mM HEPES,
pH 7.3, 0.1 M NaCl. The reaction mixture is electrophoresed on an agarose gel
alongside similarly digested, but nonreacted frzlgment~ If a radioactive label was
20 incorporated, the gel may be dried and autoradiographed. If no radioactive label is
present, the gel may be stained with ethidium bromide and the DNA vi~ li7et1 through
a~ o~l;ate red filters after excitation with UV. Binding has occurred if the mobility of
the fragments is retarded compared to the control. In the example case, the mobility of
the fragments was retarded after binding with the FGF2-3/poly-L-lysine conjugate. If
25 there is insufficient binding, poly-L-lysine may be additionally added until binding is
observed.
Further testing of the conjugate is performed to show that it binds to the
cell surface receptor and is intern~li7~rl into the cell. It is not necessary that the
receptor-binding intern~li7~ ligand part of the conjugate retain complete biological
30 activity. For example, FGF is mitogenic on certain cell types. As discussed above, this
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
activity may not always be desirable. If this activity is present, a proliferation assay is
performed. Likewise, for each desirable activity, an ~pn~pliate assay may be
performed. However, for application of the subject invention, the only criteria that need
be met are receptor binding and intPrn~1i7~tion.
Receptor binding and intern~li7~tion may be measured by the following
three assays. (l) A competitive inhibition assay of the complex to cells ~x~les~illg the
a~plo~liate receptor demonstrates receptor binding. (2) Receptor binding and
intern~li7~tion may be assayed by me~llrin~ expression of a reporter gene, such as
~B-gal (e.g, en7ymatic activity), in cells that have been transformed with a complex of a
plasmid encoding a reporter gene and a conjugate of a receptor-binding intern~1i7erl
ligand and nucleic acid binding domain. This assay is particularly useful for opl;.ni7i,-~
conditions to give mzlxim~1 transformation. Thus, the optimum ratio of receptor-binding int~rn~li7ed ligand/nucleic acid binding domain to nucleic acid and the amount
of DNA per cell may readily be clet~rmined by assaying and co...p~l ;..g the en7ymatic
15 activity of ,~-gal. As such, these first two assays are useful for preli...i..~ analysis and
failure to show receptor binding or ,(3-gal activity does not per se elimin~te a candidate
receptor-binding intern~li7~D~l Iigand/nucleic acid binding domain conjugate or fusion
protein from further analysis. (3) The pler~ d assay is a cytotoxicity assay performed
on cells transformed with a cytocide-encoding agent bound by receptor-binding
20 intern~1i7.?-1 ligand/nucleic acid binding domain. While, in general, any cytocidal
molecule may be used, ribosome inactivating proteins are ~lefell~d and saporin, or
another type I ribosome inactivating protein, is particularly preferred. A statistically
significant reduction in cell number demonstrates the ability of the receptor-binding
intern~li7~d ligand/nucleic acid binding domain conjugate or fusion to deliver nucleic
25 acids into a cell.
4. Conjugation of li~and to nucleic acid and bindin~ to nucleic acid bindin~
domain
As an alternative, the receptor-intern~1i7e-1 binding ligand may be
30 conjugated to the nucleic acid, either directly or through a linker. Methods for
conjugating nucleic acids, at the 5' ends, 3' ends and elsewhere, to the amino and
- - -
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/IJS96/07164
carboxyl termini and other sites In proteins are known to those of skill in the art (for a
review see, e.g., Goodchild, (1993) In: Perspectives in Bioconjugate Chemistry, Mears,
Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C. pp. 77-99). For example, proteins
have been linked to nucleic acids using ultraviolet irradiation (Sperling et al. (1978)
5 Nucleic Acids Res. 5:2755-2773; Fiser et al. (1975) FEBS Lett. 52:281-283),
bifunctional chemicals (Baumert et al. (1978) Eur. J. Biochem. 89:353-359, and Oste et
al. (1979) Mol. Gen. Genet. 168:81-86) and photochemical cross-linking (Vanin et al.
(1981) FEBS Lett. 124:89-92, Rinke et al. (1980) J. Mol. Biol. 137:301-314, Millon et
al. (1980) Eur. J. Biochem. 110:485-454).
In particular, the reagents (N-acetyl-N'-(p-glyoxylylbenzolyl)cystamine
and 2-iminothiolane have been used to couple DNA to proteins, such as
a-macroglobulin (a2M) via mixed disulfide formation (see Cheng et al., Nucleic Acids
Res. 11:659-669, 1983). N-acetyl-N'-(p-glyoxylylbenzolyl)cystamine reacts
specifically with nonpaired gll~ninine residues and, upon reduction, generates a free
15 sulfhydryl group. 2-iminothiolane reacts with proteins to generate sulfhydryl groups
that are then conjugated to the derivatized DNA by an intermolecular disulfide
interchange reaction. Any linkage may be used provided that the targeted nucleic acid
is active upon int~rn~li7~tion of the conjugate. Thus, it is expected that cleavage of the
linkage may be necessary, although it is contemplated that for some reagents, such as
20 DNA encoding ribozymes linked to promoters or DNA encoding therapeutic agents for
delivery to the nucleus, such cleavage may not be necessary.
Thiol linkages, which are preferred, can be readily forrned using
heterbiofunctional reagents. Amines have also been attached to the terminal 5'
phosphate of unprotected oligonucleotides or nucleic acids in aqueous solutions by
25 reacting the nucleic acid with a water-soluble carbodiimide, such as 1-ethyl-3'[3-
dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide (EDC) or N-ethyl-N'(3-dimethylaminopropylcar-
bodiimidehydrochloride (EDCI), in imidazole buffer at pH 6 to produce the
5'phosphorimidazolide. Contacting the 5'phosphorimidazolide with amine-contzlining
molecules, such as an FGF, and ethylene~ min~, results in stable phosphoramidates
30 (see, e.g, Chu et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 11:6513-6529, 1983, and WO 88/05077). In
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTlUS96/07164
particular, a solution of DNA is saturated with EDC, at pH 6 and incubated with
agitation at 4~C overnight. The resulting solution is then buffered to pH 8.5 by adding,
for example about 3 volutes of 100 mM citrate buffer, and adding about 5 ~g - about 20
,ug of an FGF, and ~git~tinp the resultin~ mixture at 4~C for about 48 hours. The
5 unreacted protein may be removed from the mixture by column chromatography using,
for example, Sephadex G75 (Ph~ (ci~) using 0.1 M ammonium carbonate solution,
pH 7.0 as an eluting buffer. The isolated conjugate may be lyophilized and stored until
used.
U.S. Patent No. 5,237,016 provides methods for ~ uhlg nucleotides
10 that are bromacetylated at their 5' termini and reacting the resulting oligonucleotides
with thiol groups. Oligonucleotides derivatized at their 5'-termini bromoacetyl groups
can be prepared by reacting S'-aminohexyl-phosphoramidate oligonucleotides with
bromoacetic acid-N-hydroxysuccinimicle ester as described in U.S. Patent
No. 5,237,016. This patent also describes methods for p~illg thiol-deliv~ d
15 nucleotides, which can then be reacted with thiol groups on the selected growth factor.
Briefly, thiol-derivatized nucleotides are prepared using a S'-phosphorylated nucleotide
in two steps: (1) reaction of the phosphate group with imidazole in the presence of a
diimide and displacement of the imidazole leaving group with cystz-mine in one reaction
step; and reduction of the disulfide bond of the cystamine linker with dithiothreitol (see,
20 also, Orgel et al. ((1986) Nucl. Acids Res. 14:651, which describes a similar procedure).
The S'-phosphorylated starting oligonucleotides can be prepared by methods known to
those of skill in the art (see, e.g, Maniatis et al. (1982) Molecular Cloning: ,4
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York, p. 122).
The nucleic acid, such as a methylphosphonate oligonucleotide (MP-
25 oligomer), may be derivatized by reaction with SPDP or SMPB. The resulting MP-
oligomer may be purified by HPLC and then coupled to an FGF, such as an FGF or
FGF mutein, modified by replacement of one or more cysteine residues, as described
above. The MP-oligomer (about 0.1 ,~LM) is dissolved in about 40-50 ~1 of 1: 1
acetonitrile/water to which phosphate buffer (pH 7.5, final concentration 0.1 M) and a 1
30 mg MP-oligomer in about 1 ml phosphate buffered saline is added. The reaction is
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
allowed to proceed for about 5-10 hours at room temperature and is then quenched with
about 15 ~lL 0.1 iodoacetamide. FGF-oligonucleotide conjugates can be purified on
heparin sepharose Hi Trap columns (1 ml, Ph~rm~ ) and eluted with a linear or step
gradient. The conjugate should elute in 0.6 M NaCl.
The ligand may be conjugated to the nucleic acid construct encoding the
cytocide or cytotoxic agent or may be conjugated to a llliXLU~C~ of oligonucleotides
complementary to one strand of the construct. The oligonucleotides are then added to
single stranded construct produced by melting a double-stranded construct or grown and
isolated as single-stranded. As a general guideline, the oligonucleotides shouldhybridize at a higher temperature than the construct alone, if a double-strandedconstruct is used as the starting material. The gaps are filled in by DNA polymerase I to
generate a construct with one strand conjugated to ligand and one strand unconjugated.
Oligonucleotides conjugated to ligand and complement~ry to the other strand may be
used in ~ 1ition to generate a mi~Lult; of constructs with different strands linked to
ligand. Any rem~ining single stranded plasmid may be digested with a single strand
specific endonuclease. The ligand-conjugated constructs are then mixed with a nucleic
acid binding domain, such as protamine or polylysine, to effect con~len.~tion of the
construct for delivery. Optimal ratios of ligand to DNA may be determined
imentally by receptor-mediated transfection of a construct cont~ining a reportergene.
J. Formulation and ~lmini~tration of pharmaceutical compositions
The conjugates and complexes provided herein are useful in the
treatment and prevention of various diseases, syndromes, and hyperproliferative
disorders. As used herein, "treatment" means any manner in which the symptoms of a
conditions, disorder or disease are ameliorated or otherwise beneficially altered.
Treatment also encompasses any pharmaceutical use of the compositions herein. Asused herein, "amelioration" of the symptoms of a particular disorder by zlrimini~tration
of a particular ph~rm:~çeutical composition refers to any lessening, whether permanent
or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
74
~,~1mini~tration of the composition. For example, these conjugates and complexes may
be used to treat complications of the eye following laser surgery, glaucoma surgery, and
removal of ~lely~ii. Following these treatments, reoccurrence of the problem often
ensues due to proliferation of cells in the cornea or eye. The conjugates and complexes
5 inhibit the proliferation of these cells. The conjugates and complexes may be used in
general to treat pathophysiological conditions, especially FGF-, VEGF-, or
HBEGF-mediated pathophysiological conditions by specifically l~g~ lg to cells
having corresponding receptors.
As used herein, "FGF-mediated pathophysiological condition" refers to a
10 deleterious condition characterized by or caused by proliferation of cells that are
sensitive to FGF mitogenic stim~ tion. Basic FGF-me~ te~l pathophysiological
conditions include, but are not limited to, melanoma, other tumors, rheumatoid arthritis,
restenosis, Dupuytren's Contracture and certain complications of diabetes, such as
proliferative retinopathy.
As used herein, "HBEGF-mediated pathophysiological condition" refers
to a deleterious condition char~(~teri7ed by or caused by proliferation of cells that are
sensitive to HBEGF mitogenic ~timlll~tion. HBEGF-m~ te~1 pathophysiological
conditions include conditions involving pathophysiological proliferation of smooth
muscle cells, such as restencsi~, certain tumors, such as solid tumors including breast
20 and bladder tumors, tumors involving pathophysiological expression of EGF receptors,
dermatological disorders, such as psoriasis, and ophth~lmic disorders involving
epithelial cells, such as recurrence of pterygii and secondary lens clouding.
Similarly, tumors and hyperproliferating cells expressing cytokine
receptors or growth factor receptors may be elimin:~te-l Such diseases include
25 restenosis, Du~uy~ 's Contracture, diabetic retinopathies, rheumatoid arthritis,
Kaposi's sarcoma, lymphomas, lenkemi~c, tumors such as renal cell carcinoma, colon
carcinoma, breast cancer, bladder cancer, disorders with underlying vascular
proliferation, such as diseases in the back of the eye (e.g, proliferative
vitreoritinopathy, inacular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy). For treatment of the
30 back of the eye especially, use of the VEGF-receptor promoter to control expression of
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/USg6/07164
the cytocide or cytotoxic agent is ~lefel,ed. The conjugates may be used to prevent
corneal haze or clouding that results from exposure of the cornea to laser radiation
during eye surgery, particularly LRK. The haze or clouding appears to result from
fibroblastic keratocyte proliferation in the subepithelial zone following photoablation of
5 the cornea.
The conjugates may be used to treat a "hyperproliferative skin disorder."
As used herein, it is a disorder that is manifested by a proliferation of endothelial cells
of the skin coupled with an underlying vascular proliferation, resulting in a localized
patch of scaly or horny or thickened skin or a tumor of endothelial origin. Such10 disorders include actinic and atopic dermatitis, toxic ec7~m~ allergic eç7~m~ psoriasis,
skin cancers and other tumors, such as Kaposi's sarcoma, angiosarcoma, hem~ngiomas,
and other highly vasc~ ri7~1 tumors, and vascular proliferative responses, such as
varicose veins.
As well, the conjugates may be used to treat or prevent restenosis, a
15 process and the resulting condition that occurs following angioplasty in which the
arteries become reclogged. After tre~tment of arteries by balloon catheter or other such
device, den~ tion of the interior wall of the vessel occurs, including removal of the
endothelial cells that constitute the lining of the blood vessels. As a result of this
removal and the concomitant vascular injury, smooth muscle cells (SMCs), which form
20 the blood vessel structure, proliferate and fill the interior of the blood vessel. This
process and the resulting condition is restenosis.
Ph~rm~eeutical carriers or vehicles suitable for ~t1mini~tration of the
conjugates and complexes provided herein include any such carriers known to those
skilled in the art to be suitable for the particular mode of ~-lmini~tration. In addition,
25 the conjugates and complexes may be formulated as the sole ph~rrn~el-tically active
ingredient in the composition or may be combined with other active ingredients.
The conjugates and complexes can be ~-lministered by any ~L)plo~uliate
route, for example, orally, parenterally, including intravenously, intr~derrn~lly,
subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid, semi-liquid or solid form and are formulated in a
30 manner suitable for each route of ~lmini~tration. Preferred modes of ~tlministration
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
76
depend upon the indication treated. Dermatological and ophth~lm~-logic indications
will typically be treated locally; whereas, tumors and restenosis, will typically be treated
by systemic, intr~ ?rm~l, or intramuscular modes of z~lminictration.
The conjugates and complexes herein may be formulated into
S ph~rm~(~eutical compositions suitable for topical, local, illL-dvellous and systemic
application. For the ophth~lmic uses herein, local ~lminictration, either by topieal
~tlminictration or by injection is ~l~r~lled. Time release formulations are also desirable.
Effective concentrations of one or more of the conjugates and complexes are mixed
with a suitable ph~rm~eutical carrier or vehicle. As used herein an "effective amount"
10 of a compound for treating a partieular disease is an amount that is suffieient to
ameliorate, or in some manner reduce the symptoms associated with the disease. Sueh
amount may be ~-lmini~tered as a single dosage or may be ~11mini.ctered according to a
regimen, whereby it is effective. The amount may cure the disease but, typically, is
~flmini ct~red in order to ameliorate the symptoms of the ~ e~ce Repeated
15 ~rlminictr~tion may be required to achieve the desired amelioration of symptoms.
As used herein, "an ophth~lmically effeetive amount" is that amount
which, in the composition ~lmini~t~red and by the technique ~-lminictered, provides an
amount of therapeutic agent to the involved eye tissues sufficient to prevent or reduce
corneal haze following excimer laser surgery, prevent closure of a trabeculectomy,
20 prevent or subst~nti~lly slow the recurrence of pterygii, and other conditions.
The concentrations or amounts of the conjugates and complexes that are
effective requires delivery of an amount, upon ~lmini~tration, that ameliorates the
symptoms or treats the ~ ezlce Typically, the compositions are formulated for single
dosage z~lminictration. Therapeutically effective concentrations and amounts may be
2~ determined empirically by testing the conjugates and complexes in known in vitro and
in vivo systems, such as those described here; dosages for humans or other ~nim~lc may
then be extrapolated tht;lerl~",.
The conjugate is included in the phz-rm~ceutically acceptable carrier in
an amount sufficient to exert a therapeutically useful effect in the absence of
30 undesirable side effects on the patient treated. The conjugates may be delivered as
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96107164
ph~rm~ceutically acceptable salts, esters or other derivatives of the conjugates include
any salts, esters or derivatives that may be readily prepared by those of skill in this art
using known methods for such derivatization and that produce compounds that may be
~1minictered to ~nim~lc or hnmzmc without substantial toxic effects. It is understood
5 that number and degree of side effects depends upon the condition for which the
conjugates and complexes are a-lminictered. For example, certain toxic and undesirable
side effects are tolerated when treating life~ ~~ g illnescec, such as tumors, that
would not be tolerated when treating disorders of lesser consequence. The
concentration of conjugate in the composition will depend on absorption, inactivation
10 and excretion rates thereof, the dosage schedule, and amount ~lminictered as well as
other factors known to those of skill in the art.
Preferably, the conjugate and complex are subst~nti~lly pure. As used
herein, "substantially pure" means sufficiently homogeneous to appear free of readily
detectable i-~ iLies as ~let~rmin~cl by standard methods of analysis, such as thin layer
15 chromatography (TLC), gel electrophoresis, high p~.ro.l-lance liquid chromatography
(HPLC), used by those of skill in the art to assess such purity, or sufficiently pure such
that further purification would not detectably alter the physical and chemical properties,
such as enzymatic and biological activities, of the substance. Methods for purification
of the compounds to produce snhst~nti~lly chemically pure compounds are known to20 those of skill in the art. A substantially chemically pure compound may, however, be a
mixture of stereoisomers. In such instances, further purification might increase the
specific activity of the compound.
Typically a therapeutically effective dosage should produce a serum
concentration of active ingredient of from about 0.1 ng/ml to about 50-100 ,ug/ml. The
25 ph~rm:~/ eutical compositions typically should provide a dosage of from about 0.01 mg
to about 100 - 2000 mg of conjugate, depending upon the conjugate selected, per
kilogram of body weight per day. For example, for tre~tment of restenosis a daily
dosage of about between 0.05 and 0.5 mg/kg (based on FGF-SAP chemical conjugate or
an amount of conjugate provided herein equivalent on a molar basis thereto) should be
30 sufficient. Local application for ophth~lmic disorders and dermatological disorders
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
78
should provide about 1 ng up to 100 ~Lg, preferably about 1 ng to about 10 ~lg, per
single dosage ~-lmini~tration. It is understood that the amount to ~-imini~ter will be a
function of the conjugate selected, the indication treated, and possibly the side effects
that will be tolerated.
Therapeutically effective concentrations and amounts may be determined
for each application herein empirically by testing the conjugates and complexes in
known in vitro and in vivo systems (e.g, mllrine, rat, rabbit, or baboon models), such as
those described herein; dosages for hl-m~n~ or other ~nim~l~ may then be extrapolated
thel~Iio,ll. Demonstration that the conjugates and complexes pl~;velll or inhibit
proliferation of serum stim-ll~ted corneal keratocytes or fibroblasts explanted from eyes,
as shown herein, and demonstration of any inhibition of proliferation of such tissues in
rabbits should establish human efficacy. The rabbit eye model is a recognized model
for studying the effects of topically and locally applied drugs (see, e.g, U.S. Patent Nos.
5,288,735, 5,263,992, 5,262,178, 5,256,408, 5,252,319, 5,238,925, 5,165,952; see also
Mirate et al., Curr. Eye Res 1:491-493, 1981).
The active ingredient may be ~1mini~tered at once~ or may be divided
into a number of smaller doses to be ~-lmini~tered at intervals of time. It is understood
that the precise dosage and duration of tre~tment is a function of the disease being
treated and may be d~le.,.-i"rd empirically using known testing protocols or by
extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and
dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to
be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be
adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional jn~lgment of
the person ~flmini~tçring or supervising the ~-lmini~tration of the compositions, and that
the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to
limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions.
The conjugates and complexes may be formnl~tç-1 for local or topical
application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as
in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for
intracisternal or intraspinal application. Such solutions, particularly those inten(lçd for
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/IJS96/07164
79
ophth~lmic use, may be formulated as 0.01% -10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7,
with ~ropliate salts. The ophth~lmic compositions may also include additional
components, such as hyaluronic acid. The conjugates and complexes may be
form~ te~l as aerosols for topical application (see, e.g, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,044,126,
5 4,414,209, and 4,364,923).
Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intr~(lçrmz~l, subcutaneous,
or topical application can include any of the following components: a sterile diluent,
such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, polyethylene glycol, glycerine,
propylene glycol or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents, such as benzyl alcohol
10 and methyl parabens; antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chel~tin~
agents, such as ethylene~ minetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers, such as ~eetS~tes~
citrates and phosphates; and agents for the adjlletment of toxicity such as sodium
chloride or dextrose. Parental ~l~aldlions can be enclosed in ampules, disposable
syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass, plastic or other suitable m~teri~l
If ~-1mini~tt-red intravenously, suitable carriers include physiological
saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions co..~ ;l.g thickening and
solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and
mixtures thereof. Liposomal suspensions may also be suitable as ph~rm~reuticallyacceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those
20 skilled in the art.
Upon mixing or addition of the conjugate(s) with the vehicle, the
resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of the
resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intçn~1ç~1 mode of
~lmini~tration and the solubility of the conjugate in the selected carrier or vehicle. The
25 effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the disease,
disorder or condition treated and may be empirically determined based upon in vitro
and/or in vivo data, such as the data from the mouse xenograft model for tumors or
rabbit ophth~lmic model. If necessary, ph~rmz-(~el-tically acceptable salts or other
derivatives of the conjugates and complexes may be prepared.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
The active m~t~-ri~l~ can'also be mixed with other active materials, that
do not impair the desired action, or with m~terizlls that supplement the desired action,
including viscoelastic materials, such as hyaluronic acid, which is sold under the
tr~lçm~rk HEALON (solution of a high molecular weight (MW of about 3 millions)
5 fraction of sodium hyaluronate; m~mlf~c~tured by PhRrm~ Inc. see, e.g, U.S. Patent
Nos 5,292,362, 5,282,851, 5,273,056, 5,229,127, 4,517,29~ and 4,328,803), VISCOAT
(fluorine-co..~ (meth)acrylates, such as, lH,lH,2H,2H-hepta-
decafluorodecylmethacrylate; see, e.g, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,278,126, 5,273,751 and5,214,080, commercially available from Alcon Surgical, Inc.), ORCOLON (see, e.g,10 U.S. Patent Nos. 5,273,056, commercially available from Optical Radiation
Corporation), methylcellulose, methyl hyaluronate, polyacrylamide and
polymethacrylamide (see, e.g, U.S. Patent No. 5,273,751). The viscoelastic m~tçri~l~
are present generally in amounts ranging from about 0.5 to 5.0%, preferably 1 to 3% by
weight of the conjugate m~t~ri~l and serve to coat and protect the treated tissues. The
15 compositions may also include a dye, such as methylene blue or other inert dye, so that
the composition can be seen when injected into the eye or contacted with the surgical
site during surgery.
The conjugates and complexes may be formlll~tefl for local or topical
application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as
20 in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye. Such
solutions, particularly those intçnrlçcl for ophth~lmic use, may be form~ te~1 as 0.01%-
10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with ~ u~liate salts. Suitable ophth~lmic
solutions are known (see, e.g, U.S. Patent No.5,116,868, which describes typicalcompositions of ophth~lmic irrigation solutions and solutions for topical application).
25 Such solutions, which have a pH adjusted to about 7.4, contain, for example, 90-100
mM sodium chloride, 4-6 mM dibasic potassium phosphate, 4-6 mM dibasic sodium
phosphate, 8-12 mM sodium citrate, 0.5-1.5 mM magnesium chloride, 1.5-2.5 mM
calcium chloride, 15-25 mM sodium acetate, 10-20 mM D.L.-sodium ,B-
hydroxybutyrate and ~-5.5 mM glucose.
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
81
The conjugates and complexes may be prepared with carriers that protect
them against rapid elimin~tion from the body, such as time release formulations or
coatings. Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited
to, implants and microenf ~rs~ t~-cl delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible
polymers, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid,
polyorthoesters, polylactic acid and others. For example, the composition may beapplied during surgery using a sponge, such as a commercially available surgicalsponges (see, e.g, U.S. Patent Nos. 3,956,044 and 4,045,238; available from Weck,
Alcon, and Mentor), that has been soaked in the composition and that releases the
composition upon contact with the eye. These are particularly useful for application to
the eye for orhth~lmic indications following or during surgery in which only a single
7~lmini~tration is possible. The compositions may also be applied in pellets (such as
Elvax pellets(ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin); about 1- 5 ,ug of conjugate per 1
mg resin) that can be implanted in the eye during surgery.
Ophthzllmologically effective concentrations or amounts of one or more
of the conjugates and complexes are mixed with a suitable ph~rm~eelltical carrier or
vehicle. The concentrations or amounts of the conjugates and complexes that are
effective requires delivery of an amount, upon ~1mini~tration, that prevents or
sllbst~nti~lly reduces corneal clouding, trabeculectomy closure, or pterygii recurrence.
The conjugates and complexes herein are form~ tecl into
ophth~lmologically acceptable compositions and are applied to the affected area of the
eye during or imrnediately after surgery. In particular, following excimer laser surgery,
the composition is applied to the cornea; following trabeculectomy the composition is
applied to the fistula; and following removal of pterygii the composition is applied to
the cornea. The compositions may also be used to treat pterygii. The conjugates and
complexes are applied during and immediately following surgery and may, if possible
be applied post-operatively, until healing is complete. The compositions are applied as
drops for topical and subconjunctival application or are injected into the eye for
intraocular application. The compositions may also be absorbed to a biocompatible
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
82
support, such as a cellulosic sponge or other polymer delivery device, and contacted
with the affected area.
The ophth~lmologic indications herein are typically be treated locally
either by the application of drops to the affected tissue(s), contacting with a
5 biocompatible sponge that has absorbed a solution of the conjugates and complexes or
by injection of a composition. For the indications herein, the composition will be
applied during or immediately after surgery in order to prevent closure of the
trabeculectomy, plC;Vt;ll~ a proliferation of keratocytes following excimer laser surgery,
or to prevent a le~ nce of pterygii. The composition may also be injected into the
10 affected tissue following surgery and applied in drops following surgery until healing is
completed. For example, to ~r1mini~ter the formulations to the eye, it can be slowly
injected into the bulbar conjunctiva of the eye.
Conjugates and complexes with photocleavable linkers are among those
r~led for use in the methods herein. Upon ~tlminictr~tion of such composition to15 the affected area of the eye, the eye is exposed to light of a wavelength, typically visible
or W that cleaves the linker, thereby releasing the cytotoxic agent.
If oral ~lmini~tration is desired, the conjugate should be provided in a
composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stom~rh For ç~mple7
the composition can be fi rm~ tecl in an enteric coating that m~int~in~ its integrity in
20 the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine. The composition may
also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible
carrier and may be compressed into tablets or enclosed in gelatin capsules. For the
purpose of oral therapeutic ~lmini~tration, the active compound or compounds can be
25 incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules or troches.
Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents and adjuvant m~teri~l~ can be included as
part of the composition.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the
following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder, such as
30 microcrystalline cellulose, gum tr~g~c~nth and gelatin; an excipient such as starch and
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
83
lactose, a ~ integrating agent such as, but not limited to, alginic acid and corn starch; a
lubricant such as, but not limited to, m~ne~ium stearate; a glidant, such as, but not
limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin;
and a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, and fruit flavoring.
When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to
m~teri~l of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit
forms can contain various other m~teri~l~ which modify the physical form of the dosage
unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents. The conjugates and
complexes can also be ~lmini~tered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup,
wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active
compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings
and flavors.
The active m~teri~l~ can also be mixed with other active m~teri~l~ that
do not impair the desired action, or with m~teri~l~ that supplement the desired action,
such as cis-platin for trczltment of tumors.
Finally, the compounds may be packaged as articles of manufacture
cont~ininp p~ck~ging material, one or more conjugates and complexes or compositions
as provided herein within the p~cl~ging m~teri~l, and a label that indicates theindication for which the conjugate is provided.
Many methods have been developed to deliver nucleic acid into cells
including retroviral vectors, electroporation, CaPO4 precipitation and microinjection,
but each of these methods has distinct disadvantages. Microinjecting nucleic acid into
cells is very time consuming because each cell must be manipulated individually.Retroviral vectors can only hold a limited length of nucleic acid and can activate
oncogenes depending upon the insertion site in the target chromosome. Conditions for
electroporation and CaPO4-mediated transfection are harsh and cause much cell death.
By comparison, receptor mediated gene delivery as described herein is a
more desirable method of selectively targeting toxic genes into cells that have "more
active" receptors or that ov~l~x~ress the specific receptor on the cell surface. A
receptor may be more active because it has a higher rate of int~rn~li7~tion or higher
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
84
cycling rate through the endosome to the cell surface. Advantages of this method over
other gene delivery methods include increased specificity of delivery, the absence of
nucleic acid length lirnitations, reduced toxicity, and reduced immllnogenicity of the
conjugate. These characteristics allow for repeated ~-lmini~tration of the material with
5 minim~l harm to cells and may allow increased level of expression of the toxic protein.
In addition, ~hllal~ cultures can also be treated using this method.
The following examples are included for illustrative purposes only and
are not int~n~led to limit the scope of the invention.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1
ISOLATION OF DNA ENCODING SAPORIN
A. Materials and metbods
cten~l Strains
E. coli strain JA221 (lpp- hdsM+ trpE5 leuB6 lacY recAl F'[lacIq lac+
pro+]) is publicly available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC),
20 Rockville, MD 20852, under the accession number ATCC 33875. (JA221 is also
available from the Northern Regional Research Center (NRRL), Agricultural Research
Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Peoria, IL 61604, under the accession number
NRRL B-15211, see also U.S. Patent No. 4,757,013 to Inouye, and Nakarnura et al.,
Cell 18:1109-1117, 1979). Strain INVla is commercially available from Invitrogen,
25 San Diego, CA.
2. DNA ManiPulations
The restriction and modification enzymes employed herein are
commercially available in the U.S. Native saporin and rabbit polyclonal antiserum to
30 saporin were obtained as previously described in Lappi et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Comm. 129:934-942. Ricin A chain is commercially available from Sigma, Milwaukee,
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
WI. Antiserum was linked to Affi-gel 10 (Bio-Rad, Emeryville, CA) according to the
m~nllf~cturer's instructions. Sequencing was performed using the Sequenase kit of
United States Biochemical Corporation (version 2.0) according to the m~nllf~-turer's
instructions. Mi~ lc~aLion and m~iplc~aration of plasmids, ~lc~ar~Lion of
5 competent cells, transformation, M13 manipulation, bacterial media, Western blotting,
and ELISA assays were according to Sambrook et al., (Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY,
1989). The purification of DNA fr~gment~ was done using the Geneclean II kit (Bio
101) according to the m~nllf~ lrer's instructions. SDS gel electrophoresis was
10 performed on a Pha~L~y:jLclll (Ph~rm~
Western blotting was accomplished by transfer of the electrophoresed
protein to nitrocellulose using the PhastTransfer system, as described by the
m~nllf~-turer. The antiserum to SAP was used at a dilution of 1:1000. Horseradish
peroxidase labeled anti-IgG was used as the second antibody (see Davis et al., Basic
5 Methods In Molecular Biology, New York, Elsevier Science Publishing Co., pp 1-338,
1986).
B. Isolation of DNA encodin~ saporin
1. Isolation of ~enomic DNA and ~lc~ lion of polvmerase chain reaction
(PCR) primers
Saponaria of~icinalis leaf genomic DNA was prepared as described in
Bianchi et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 11:203-214, 1988. Primers for genomic DNA
amplifications were syntheci7e~1 in a 380B automatic DNA synthesi7~?r. The primer
corresponding to the "sense" strand of saporin 5'-
25 CTGCAGAATTCGCATGGATCCTGCTTCAAT-3' (SEQ ID NO. 54) includes an
EcoR I restriction site adapter imrnediately upstream of the DNA codon for amino acid
-15 of the native saporin N-t~rmin~l leader sequence. The primer 5'-
CTGCAGAATTCGCCTCGTTTGACTACTTTG-3' (SEQ ID NO. 55) corresponds to
~ the "antisense" strand of saporin and complements the coding sequence of saporin
30 starting from the last 5 nucleotides of the DNA encoding the carboxyl end of the mature
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCT~US96/07164
86
peptide. Use of this primer introduced a translation stop codon and an EcoRI restriction
site after the sequence encoding mature saporin.
2. Amplification of DNA encodin~ saporin -~Unfractionated Saponaria o~fcinalis leaf genomic DNA (1 ~11) was
mi~ed in a final volume of 100 111 co~ ,p; 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl,
0.01% gelatin, 2 mM MgCl2, 0.2 mM dNTPs, 0.8 ~Lg of each primer. Next, 2.5 U TaqDNA polymerase (Perkin Elmer Cetus) were added and the mixture was overlaid with30 ~1 of mineral oil (Sigma). Incubations were done in a DNA Thermal Cycler
(Ericomp). One cycle included a den~tllr~tion step (94~C for 1 min), an ~nn~ling step
(60~C for 2 min), and an elong~tiQn step (72~C for 3 min). After 30 cycles, a 10 ,ul
aliquot of each reaction was run on a 1.5% agarose gel to verify the structure of the
amplified product.
The amplified DN~ was digested with EcoRI and subcloned into EcoR~-
restricted M13mpl8 (New Fngl~n~ Biolabs, Beverly, MA; see also Yanisch-Perron etal. (1985), "Improved M13 phage cloning vectors and host strains: Nucleotide
sequences of the M13mpl 8 and pUC l 9 vectors", Gene 33: 103). Single-stranded DNA
from recombinant phages was sequenced using oligonucleotides based on intern~l
points in the coding sequence of saporin (see Bennati et al., Eur. ~ Biochem. 183:465-
470, 1989). Nine of the M13mpl8 derivatives were sequenced and compared. Of the
nine sequenced clones, five had unique sequences, set forth as SEQ ID NOs. 19-23,
respectively. The clones were ~ ign~t~l M13mpl8-G4, -Gl, -G2, -G7, and -G9. Eachof these clones contains all of the saporin coding sequence and 45 nucleotides of DNA
encoding the native saporin N-tt-nnin~l leader peptide.
Saporin DNA sequence was also cloned in the pETl la vector. Briefly,
the DNA encoding SAP-6 was amplified by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) from theparental plasmid pZlBl. The plasmid pZlBl contains the DNA sequence for human
FGF-2 linked to SAP-6 by a two-amino-acid linker (Ala-Met). PZlBl also includes the
T7 promoter, lac operator, ribosomal binding site, and T7 tennin~tor present in the pET-
1 la vector. For SAP-6 DNA amplification, the 5' primer (5'
CATATGTGTGTCACATCAATCACATTAGAT 3') (SEQ ID NO. 105),
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
87
corresponding to the sense strand of SAP-6, incorporated a NdeI restriction enzyme site
used for cloning. It also contained a Cys codon at position -1 relative to the start site of
the mature protein sequence. No leader sequence was included. The 3' primer (5'
e CAGGTTTGGATCCl l~ACGTT 3') (SEQ ID NO. 106) corresponding to the
~nti~çn~e strand of SAP-6 had a BamHI site used for cloning. The amplified DNA was
gel-purified and digested with NdeI and BamHI. The digested SAP-6 DNA fragment
was subcloned into the NdeI/BamHI-digested pZlBl. This digestion removed FGF-2
and the 5' portion of SAP-6 (up to nucleotide position 650) from the parental rFGF2-
SAP vector (pZlBl) and replaced this portion with a SAP-6 molecule co.l~ g a Cysat position -1 relative to the start site of the native mature SAP-6 protein. The resultant
plasmid was ~lesign~te~l as pZSOB. pZSOB was transformed into E coli strain
NovaBlue for restriction and seqllencing analysis. The a~>pl~liate clone was then
transformed into E. coli strain BL21(DE3) for ~ es~ion and large-scale production.
C. l\/r~mm~ n codon o~,Lill~ ion of saporin cDNA.
~mm~ n expression plasmids encoding ~-galactosidase (~-gal), pSV-
13 and pNASS-,(3, were obtained from Clontech (Palo Alto, CA). Plasmid pSV~
expresses ~-gal from the SV40 early promoter. Plasmid pNASSb is a promoterless
m~mm~ n reporter vector co--~ ,;--P the ~-gal gene.
The amino acid sequence for the plant protein saporin (SAP) was reverse
tr~n~l~t~l using m:~mm~ n codons. The resulting m~mmz~ n optimized cDNA was
divided into 4 fragments (~lesign~te~l 5'-3' A-D) for synthesis by PCR using overlapping
oligos. To facilitate subcloning of each fragment and piecing together of the entire
cDNA, restriction enzyme sites were added to the ends of each fragment, and added or
removed within each fragment without ch~nping the corresponding amino acid
sequence. In addition, the 5' end of the cDNA was modified to include a Kozak
sequence for optimal expression in m~mm~ n cells. Fr:~gment~ A, B, and D were each
synthesi7~rl by annealing 4 oligos (2 sense, 2 antisense) with 20 base overlaps and using
PCR to fill-in and amplify the frz~gment~. The PCR products were then purified using
GeneClean (BiolOl), digested with restriction enzymes recognizing the sites in the
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTfUS96/07164
primçrc, and subcloned into pBluescript (SK+) (Stratagene). The sequence of the inserts
was verified using Sequenase Version 2.0 (United States Biochemical/Amersharn).
Fragment C was synth~si7~1 in two steps: The 5' and 3' halves of the fragment were
independently synth~ci7~(1 by PCR using 2 overlapping oligos. The products of these
5 using 2 reactions were then purified and combined and the full-length fragment C was
generated by PCR using the outer~nost oligos as primers. Full-length fragment C was
subcloned into pBluescript for sequencing Fr~gment.~ A and B were ligated together in
pBluescript at an overlapping ~spI site. Fr~ment~ C and D were ligated together in
pBluescript at an overlapping PvuII site. Fr~Pment~ A-B and C-D were then joined in
10 pBluescript at an overlapping,qvaI site to give the full-length m~mm~ n o~Li.l~ized
SAP cDNA. 13-gal sequences were excised from the plasmids pNASS-13 and pSV-,B
(Clontech) by digestion with NotI and replaced with the synthetic SAP gene, which has
NotI ends. Orientation of the insert was confirmed by restriction enzyme digestion.
Large scale plasmid L,.~p~dlions were performed using Qiagen Maxi 500 columns.
The oligos used to synth~si7~ each SAP ~m~nt are (5'-3'):
Al (sense):CGTATCAGGCGGCCGCCGCCATGGTGACCTCCATCACCCTGGACC
TGGTGAACCCCACCGCCGGCC (SEQ ID NO.: 89)
20 A2(~nti.~n~e):TTGGGGTCCTTCACGTTGTTGCGGATCTTGTCCACGAAGGAGG
AGTACTGGCCGGCGGTGGGGTTCACC (SEQ ID NO.: 90)
A3(sense):AACAACGTGAAGGACCCCAACCTGAAGTACGGCGGCACCGACAT
CGCCGTGATCGGCCCCCCCTC (SEQ ID NO.: 91)
A4(antisense):GTGCCGCGGGAGGACTGGAAGTTGATGCGCAGGAACTTCTCCT
TGGAGGGGGGGCCGATCACGGC (SEQ ID NO.: 92)
B 1 (sense):CTCCCGCGGCACCGTGTCCCTGGGCCTGAAGCGCGACAACCTGTA
30 CGTGGTGGCCTACCTGGCCATGGACAACAC (SEQ ID NO.: 93)
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
89
B2(antisense):GCGGTCAGCTCGGCGGAGGTGATCTCGGACTTGAAGTAGTAGG
CGCGGTTCACGTTGGTGTTGTCCATGGCCAGGTA (SEQ ID NO.: 94)
5 B3(sense):GCCGAGCTGACCGCCCTGTTCCCTGAGGCCACCACCGCCAACCAG
AAGGCCCTGGAGTACACCGAGGACTACCAGTCC (SEQ ID NO.: 95)
B4(antisense) :AGCCCGAGCTCCTTGCGGGACTTGTCGCCCTGGGTGATCTGGG
CGTTCTTCTCGATGGACTGGTAGTCCTCGGTGT (SEQ ID NO.: 96)
C 1 (sense) :TATAGAATTCCTCGGGCTGGGCATCGACCTGCTGCTGACCTTCATG
GAGGCCGTGAACAAGAAGGCCCGCGTGG (SEQ ID NO.: 97)
C2(~nti ~n~e) :CGGCGGTCATCTGGATGGCGATCAGCAGGAAGCGGGCCTCGTT
15 CTTCACCACGCGGGCCTTCTTGTTC (SEQ ID NO.: 98)
C3(sense):CGCCATCCAGATGACCGCCGAGGTGGCCCGCTTCCGCTACATCCA
GAACCTGGTGACCAAGAACTTCCCC (SEQ ID NO.: 99)
20 C4(antisense~:GGCGGATCCCAGCTGACCTCGAACTGGATCACCTTGTTGTCGG
AGTCGAACTTGTTGGGGAAGTTCTTGGTCACCA (SEQ ID NO.: 100)
D 1 (sense):CCGGGATCCGTCAGCTGGCGCAAGATCTCCACCGCCATCTACGGC
GACGCCAAGAACGGCG (SEQ ID NO.: 101)
D2(~nti~en~e):GCACCTTGCCGAAGCCGAAGTCGTAGTCCTTGTTGAACACGCC
GTTCTTGGCGTCGCCGTAGAT (SEQ ID NO.: 102)
D3 (sense) :TTCGGCTTCGGCAAGGTGCGCCAGGTGAAGGACCTGCAGATGGGC
30 CTGCTGATGTACC (SEQ ID NO.: 103)
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W O 96/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
D4(antisense):TGAACGTGGCGGCCGCCTACTTGGGCTTGCCCAGGTACATCAG
CAGGCCCAT (SEQ ID NO.: 104)
D. pOMPAG4 Plasmid Construction
M13 mpl 8-G4 was digested with EcoR I, and the resulting ~gment was
ligated into the EcoR I site of the vector pIN-IIIompA2 (see, e.g., see, U.S. Patent
No. 4,575,013 to Inouye, and Duffaud et al., Meth Enz. 153:492-507, 1987) using the
10 methods described herein. The ligation was accompli~hecl such that the DNA encoding
saporin, including the N-terrnin~l çxt~n~ n, was fused to the leader peptide segment of
the bacterial ompA gene. The resulting plasmid pOMPAG4 contains the lpp promoter(Nakamura et al., Cell 18:1109-1117, 1987), the E. coli lac promoter operator sequence
(lac O) and the E. coli ompA gene secretion signal in operative association with each
15 other and with the saporin and native N-t~rrnin~l leader-encoding DNA listed in SEQ
ID NO. 19. The plasmid also includes the E. coli lac repressor gene (lac I).
The M13 mpl8-Gl, -G2, -G7, and -G9 clones, cont~ining SEQ ID NOs.
20-23, respectively, are digested with EcoR I and ligated into EcoR I digested pIN-
IIIompA2 as described for M13 mpl8-G4 above in this example. The resulting
20 plasmids, labeled pOMPAGl, pOMPAG2, pOMPAG7, pOMPA9, are screened,
expressed, purified, and characterized as described for the plasmid pOMPAG4.
INVla competent cells were transformed with pOMPAG4 and cultures
cont~inin~; the desired plasmid structure were grown further in order to obtain a large
~l~dtion of isolated pOMPAG4 plasmid using methods described herein.
E. Saporin expression in E. coli
The pOMPAG4 transformed E coli cells were grown under conditions
in which the expression of the saporin-cont~inin~ protein is repressed by the lac
repressor until the end of the log phase of growth, at which time IPTG was added to
30 induce expression of the saporin-encoding DNA.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
91
To generate a large-batch culture of pOMPAG4 transformed E. coli
cells, an overnight culture (approximately 16 hours growth) of JA221 E. coli cells
transformed with the plasmid pOMPAG4 in LB broth (see, e.g, Sambrook et al.,
Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, ColdS Spring Harbor, NY, 1989) cont~ininp 125 mg/ml ampicillin was diluted 1:100 into a
flask CO~ i..g 750 ml LB broth with 125 mg/ml ampicillin. Cells were grown at
log~ill~ ic phase with ~h~king at 37~C until the optical density at 550 nm reached 0.9
measured in a spectrophotometer.
In the second step, saporin expression was intlllce~l by the addition of
10 IPTG (Sigma) to a final concentration of 0.2 mM. Tn(lllce~l cultures were grown for 2
additional hours and then harvested by centrifugation (25 min., 6500 x g). The cell
pellet was resuspended in ice cold 1.0 M TRIS, pH 9.0, 2 mM EDTA (10 ml were
added to each gram of pellet). The resuspended material was kept on ice for 20-60
min~ltec and then centrifuged (20 min., 6500 x g) to separate the periplasmic fraction of
15 E. coli, which corresponds to the ~u~ f, from the intracellular fraction
corresponding to the pellet.
The E. coli cells co,.~ il.p C-SAP construct in pETl la were grown in a
high-cell density fed-batch fç~nent~tion with the temperature and pH controlled at 30~C
and 6.9, respectively. A glycerol stock (1 ml) was grown in 50 ml Luria broth until the
20 A600 reached 0.6 Inoculum (10 ml) was injected into a 7-1-Applikon (Foster City CA)
fermentor cont:~ining 21 complex batch medium con~i~finp of S g/l of glucose, 1.25 g/l
each of yeast extract and tryptone (Difco Laboratories), 7 g/l of K2HPO4, 8 g/l of
KH2PO4, 1.66 g/l of (NH4)2SO4, 1 g/l of MgSO4 ~ 7H2O, 2 ml/l of a trace metal solution
(74 g/l of trisodium citrate, 27 g/l of FeCl3 ~ 6H2O, 2.0 g/l of CoCl2 ~ 6H2O, 2.0 g/l of
25 Na2MoO4 ~ 2H20, 1.9 g/l of CuSO~ ~ SH20, 1.6 g/l of MnCl2 ~ 4H20, 1.4 g/l of
ZnCl2 ~ 4H2O, 1.0 g/l of CaCl2 ~ 2H2O, 0.5 g/l of H3BO3). 2 ml/l of a vitamin solution
(6 g/l of thi~min ~ HCI, 3.05 g/l of niacin, 2.7 g/l of pantothenic acid, 0.7 g/l of
pyridoxine ~ HCl, 0.21 g/l of riboflavin, 0.03 g/l of biotin, 0.02 g/l of folic acid), and
100 mg/l of carbenicillin. The culture was grown for 12 h before initiating the
30 continuous addition of a 40x solution of complex batch media lacking the phosphates
= ~ ~ ~
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
92
and co~ g only 25 ml/l, each, of trace metal and vitamin solutions. The feed
addition continl~p~l until the A600 of the culture reached 85, at which time (approximately
9 h) the culture was induced with 0.1 mM isopropyl ,B-D-thiogalactopyranoside. During
4 h of post-induction incubation, the culture was fed with a solution cont~ininp~ 100 g/l
5 of glucose, 100 g/l of yeast extract, and 200 g/l of tryptone. Finally, the cells were
harvested by centrifugation (8000xg, 10 min) and frozen at -80~C until further
processed.
The cell pellet (~400 g wet mass) cont~ining C-SAP was resuspended in
3 voI Buffer B (10 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.0, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM EGTA, and 1
10 mM dithiothreitol). The suspension was passed through a microflllicli7~r three times at
124 Mpa on ice. The resultant lysate was diluted with NanoPure H2O until conductivity
fell below 2.7 mS/cm. All subsequent procedures were performed at room temperature.
The diluted Iysate was loaded onto an exp~n-led bed of Stre~mline SP
cation-e~ch~nge resin (300 ml) equilibrated with buffer C (20 mM sodium phosphate
15 pH 7.0, 1 mM EDTA) at 100 ml/min upwards flow. The resin was washed with buffer
C until it appeared clear. The plunger was then lowered at 2 cm/min while washing
continl~cl at 70 ml/min. Upwards flow was stopped when the plunger was
approximately 8 cm away from the bed and the plunger was allowed to move to within
0.5 cm of the packed bed. The resin was further washed at 70 ml/min downwards flow
20 until A280 reached baseline. Buffer C plus 0.25 M NaCl was then used to elute proteins
c~ g C-SAP at the same flow rate.
The eluate was buffer exchanged into buffer D (50 mM sodium borate
pH 8.5, 1 mM EDTA) using the Sartocon Mini crossflow filtration system with a 10000
NMolecular Massco module (Sartorius). The sample was then applied to a column of2~ Source 15S (30 ml) equilibrated with buffer D. A 10-column-volume linear gradient of
0-0.3 M NaC1 in buffer D was used to elute C-SAP at 30 ml/min.
F. Assav for CYtotoxic activitY
The ribosome inactivating protein activity of recombinant saporin was
30 compared to the ribosome inactivating protein activity of native SAP in an in vitro
assay measuring cell-free protein synthesis in a nuclease-treated rabbit reticulocyte
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
93
lysate (Promega). Samples of immlmoaffinity-purified saporin were diluted in PBS and
5 ~11 of sample was added on ice to 35 ~1l of rabbit reticulocyte lysate and 10 ~1 of a
reaction ~ Lul~ cc",~ ;.,g 0.5 ,ul of Brome Mosaic Virus RNA, 1 mM amino acid
mixture minus leucine, 5 ,uCi of triti~te~l leucine and 3 ~1l of water. Assay tubes were
5 incubated 1 hour in a 30~C water bath. The reaction was stopped by transferring the
tubes to ice and adding S ,ul of the assay ~ , in triplicate, to 75 ~Ll of 1 N sodium
hydroxide, 2.5% hydrogen peroxide in the wells of a Millititer HA 96-well filtration
plate (Millipore). When the red color had bleached from the samples, 300 ,ul of ice cold
25% trichloroacetic acid (TCA) were added to each well and the plate left on ice for
10 another 30 min. Vacuum filtration was performed with a Millipore vacuum holder.
The wells were washed three times with 300 ~1l of ice cold 8% TCA. After drying, the
filter paper circles were punched out of the 96-well plate and counted by liquidscintill~tion techniques.
The IC50 for the recombinant and native saporin were al,~loxi...~tely 20
pM. Therefore, recombinant saporin-cont~ining protein has full protein synthesisinhibition activity when compared to native saporin.
EXAMPLE 2
PREPARATION OF FGF MUTEINS
A. Materials and Methods
1. Rea~ents
Restriction and modification enzymes were purchased from BRL
25 (Gaithcljb~ " MD), Stratagene (La Jolla, CA) and New Fngl~ncl Biolabs (Beverly,
MA).
Plasmid pFC80, cont~ining the basic FGF coding sequence, was a gift of
Drs. Paolo Sarmientos and Antonella Isacchi of Farmitalia Carlo Erba (Milan, Italy).
Plasmid pFC80, has been described in the PCT Application Serial No. WO 90/02800
30 and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US93/05702, which are herein incorporated in
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96136362 PCT/US96/07164
94
their entirety by reference. The sequence of DNA encoding bFGF in pFC80 is that set
forth in PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US93/05702 and in SEQ ID NO. 52.
Plasmid isolation, production of competent cells, transformation and
M13 manipulations were carried out according to published procedures (Sambrook et
5 al., Molecular Cloning, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,
Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989). Purification of DNA fragments was achieved using
the Geneclean II kit, purchased from Bio 101 (LaJolla, CA). Sequencing of the
dirr~ ll constructions was performed using the Sequenase kit (version 2.0) of USB
(Cleveland, OH).
2. Sodium dodecyl sulphate (SDS) ~el electrophoresis and Western blottin~
SDS gel electrophoresis was ~ rwll~ed on a PhastSystem ntili7in~ 20%
gels (Ph~rrn~ci~). Western bloffing was accomrli~h~cl by transfer of electrophoresed
protein to nitrocellulose using the PhastTransfer system (Ph~nn~ ), as described by
15 the manufacturer. The antisera to SAP and basic FGF were used at a dilution of 1:1000.
Horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-IgG was used as the second antibody as described
(Davis, L., Dibner et al. (1986) Basic Methods in Molecular Biology, p. 1, Elsevier
Science Publishing Co., New York).
20 B. Ple"~udlion ofthe muta~enized FGF bv site-directed muta~enesis
Cysteine to serine substitutions were made by oligonucleotide-directed
mutagenesis using the Amersham (Arlington Heights, IL) in vitro-mutagenesis system
2.1. Oligonucleotides encoding the new amino acid were synth~si7~?~ using a 380Bautomatic DNA syntheci7~-r (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA).
1. Muta~enesis
The oligonucleotide used for in vitro mutagenesis of cysteine 78 was
AGGAGTGTCTGCTAACC (SEQ ID NO. 56), which spans nucleotides 225-241 of
SEQ ID NO. 52). The oligonucleotide for mutagenesis of cysteine 96 was
30 TTCTAAATCGGTTACCGATGACTG (SEQ ID NO. 57), which spans nucleotides
279-302 of SEQ ID NO. 52). The mutated replicative form DNA was transformed into
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
E. coli strain JM109 and single plaques were picked and sequenced for verification of
the mutation. The FGF mllt~tçcl gene was then cut out of M13, ligated into the
expression vector pFC80, which had the non-mllt~te~l form of the gene removed, and
transformed into E. coli strain JM109. Single colonies were picked and the plasmids
5 sequenced to verify the mutation was present. Plasmids with correct mutation were
then transformed into the E. coli strain FICE 2 and single colonies from these
transformations were used to obtain the mutant basic FGFs. Approximately 20 mg
protein per liter of fennent~tion broth was obtained.
2. Purification of muta~enized FGF
Cells were grown overnight in 20 ml of LB broth co.~ g 100 ~Lg/ml
ampicillin. The next morning the cells were pelleted and transferred to 500 ml of M9
medium with 100 ,ug/ml ampicillin and grown for 7 hours. The cells were pelleted and
resuspended in lysis solution (10 mM TRIS, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, lysozyme, 10 ~
15 g/mL, a~ l, 10 ~Lg/mL, leupeptin, 10 ~Lg/mL, pepstatin A, 10 llg/mL and 1 mM
PMSF; 45-60 ml per 16 g of pellet) and incubated while stirring for 1 hour at room
temperature. The solution was frozen and thawed three tirnes and sonicated for 2.5
minlltes The suspension was centrifuged; the supern~t~nt saved and the pellet
resuspended in another volume of lysis solution without lysozyme, centrifuged again
20 and the supernzit:~nt~ pooled. Extract volumes (40 ml) were diluted to 50 ml with
10 mM TRlS, pH 7.4 (buffer A). Pools were loaded onto a S ml Hi-Trap heparin-
Sepharose column (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) equilibrated in 150 mM sodium
chloride in buffer A. The column was washed with 0.6 M sodium chloride and 1 M
sodium chloride in buffer A and then eluted with 2 M sodium chloride in buffer A.
25 Peak fractions of the 2 M elution, as cletermined by optical density at 280 nm, were
pooled and purity determined by gel electrophoresis. Yields were 10.5 mg of purified
protein for the Cys78 mutant and 10.9 mg for the Cys96 mutant.
The biological activity of [C78S]FGF and [C96S]FGF was measured on
adrenal capillary endothelial cells in culture. Cells were plated at 3,000 per well in a 24
30 well plate in 1 ml of 10% calf serum-HDMEM. Cells were allowed to attach, andsamples were added in triplicate at the indicated concentration and incubated for 48 h at
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCr~US96/07164
96
37~C. An equal quantity of samples was added and fur~er incubated for 48 h. Medium
was aspirated; cells were treated with trypsin (1 ml volume) to remove cells to 9 ml of ,
Hematall diluent and counted in a Coulter Counter. The results show that the twothat retain virtually complete proliferative activity of native basic FGF as
judged by the ability to stim~ te endothelial cell proliferation in culture.
EXAMPLE 3
PREPARATION OF MoNo-DERIvATIzED NUCLEIC ACID
1 0 BINDING DOMAIN (MYoD)
MyoD at a concentration of 4.1 mg/ml is dialyzed against 0.1 M sodium
phosphate, 0.1 M sodium chloride, pH 7.5. A 1.1 molar excess (563 ,ug in 156
~11 of anhydrous ethanol) of SPDP (Ph~rm~ci~ Uppsala, Sweden) is added and the
reaction llliXLUle imme~ t~ly ~Eit~te~l and put on a rocker platform for 30 lnilluLt;s. The
solution is then dialyzed against the same buffer. An aliquot of the dialyzed solution is
ex~minecl for extent of derivatization according to the Ph~rm~ instruction sheet. The
extent of derivatization is typically 0.79 to 0.86 moles of SPDP per mole of nucleic acid
binding domain.
D-fiv~ d myoD (32.3 mg) is dialyzed in 0.1 M sodium borate, pH 9.0
and applied to a Mono S 16/10 colurnn equilibrated with 25 mM sodium chloride indialysis buffer. A gradient of 25 mM to 125 mM sodiurn chloride in dialysis buffer
elutes free and del;v~ d nucleic acid binding domain. The flow rate is 4.0 ml/min,
4 ml fractions are collected. Aliquots of fractions were assayed for protein
concentration (BCA Protein Assay, Pierce Chemical, Chicago, IL) and for pyridylthione
released by reducing agent. Individual fractions (25 to 37) are analyzed for protein
concentration and pyridyl-disulfide concentration. The data indicate a separation
according to the level of derivatization by SPDP. The initial eluting peak is composed
of myoD that is ~loxhllately di-derivatized; the second peak is mono-derivatized and
30 the third peak shows no derivatization. The di-derivatized material accounts for
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96136362 PCT/US96/07164
97
approximately 20% of the three peaks; the second accounts for approximately 48% and
the third peak contains approximately 32%. Material from the second peak is pooled
and gives an average ratio of pyridyl-disulfide to myoD of 0.95. Fraction 33, which
showed a divergent ratio of pyridine-2-thione to protein, was excluded from the pool.
5 Fractions that showed a ratio of SPDP to myoD greater than 0.85 but less than 1.05 are
pooled, dialyzed against 0.1 M sodium chloride, 0.1 M sodiurn phosphate, pH 7.5 and
used for derivatization with basic FGF.
EXAMPLE 4
PREPARATION OF MODIFIED NUCLEIC ACID BINDING DOMAIN (MYoD)
As an ~ltern~tive to derivatization, myoD is modified by addition of a
cysteine residue at or near the N-terminlls-encoding portion of the DNA. The resulting
15 myoD can then react with an available cysteine on an FGF or react with a linker or a
linker ~tt~h~-1 to an FGF to produce conjugates that are linked via the added Cys.
Modified myoD is prepared by modifying DNA encoding the myoD
(GenBank Accession No. X56677). DNA encoding Cys is inserted at position -1 or at a
codon within 10 or fewer residues of the N-t~ . The res-lltin~ DNA is inserted
20 into pET1 la and pET15b and expressed in BL21 cells (NOVAGEN, Madison, WI).
A. Plel~d~ion of mYoD with an added cvsteine residue at the N-trl "~i"lle
Primer #1 corresponding to the sense strand of myoD, nucleotides 121-
144, incorporates a NdeI site and adds a Cys codon 5' to the start site for the mature
25 protein
5'-CATATGTGTGAGCTACTGTCGCCACCGCTC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 58)
Primer #2 is an antisense primer complementing the coding sequence of
30 nucleic acid binding domain sp~nning nucleotides 1054-1077 and contains a BamHI
site.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
98
5'-GGATCCGAGCACCTGGTATATCGGTGGGGG-3' (SEQ ID NO. 59)
MyoD DNA is amplified by PCR as follows using the above primers. A
5 clone co~ p; a full-length DNA (or cDNA) for myoD (1~1) is mixed in a final
volume of 100 ,ul col~ 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 0.01% gelatin,
2 mM MgCl2, 0.2 mM dNTPs, 0.8 ,ug of each primer. Next, 2.5 U TaqI DNA
polymerase (Boehringer l\/r~nnheim) is added and the lllix,Lu~'~ is overlaid with 30 ~l of
mineral oil (Sigma). Incubations are done in a DNA Therm~l Cycler. Cycles include a
d~ Luldlion step (94~C for 1 min), an annealing step (60~C for 2 min), and an
elongation step (72~C for 3 min). After 35 cycles, a 10 ~11 aliquot of each reaction is run
on a 1.5% agarose gel to verify the correct structure of the amplified product.
The amplified DNA is gel purified and digested with NdeI and BamHI
and subcloned into NdeI and BamHI-digested plasmid co..l 1;..illg FGF/myoD. Thisdigestion and subcloning step removes the FGF-encoding DNA and 5' portion of SAPup to the BamHI site at nucleotides 555-560 (SEQ ID NO. 52) and replaces this portion
with DNA encoding a myoD molecule that contains a cysteine residue at position -1
relative to the start site of the native mature SAP protein.
B. Pl~dlion of nucleic acid bindin~ domain with a cvsteine residue at position 4 or 10 of the native protein
These constructs are designed to introduce a cysteine residue at position
4 or 10 of the native protein by replacing the Ser residue at position 4 or the Val residue
at position 10 with cysteine.
MyoD is amplified by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) from the
parental plasmid encoding the FGF-nucleic acid binding domain fusion protein using
primers that incorporate a TGT or TGC codon at position 4 or 10.
The PCR conditions are performed as described above, using the
following cycles: denaturation step 94~C for 1 minute, ~nnez~ling for 2 minutes at 60~C~
and extension for 2 minutes at 72~C for 35 cycles. The amplified DNA is gel purified,
digested with NdeI and BamHl, and subcloned into NdeI and BamHI digested pET1 la.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
99 .
This digestion removes the FGF and 5' portion of nucleic acid binding domain (up to
the newly added BamHI) from the parental FGF- myoD vector and replaces this portion
with a myoD molecule co.l~ a Cys at position 4 or 10 relative to the start site of
, the native protein.
S The resulting plasmid is digested with NdeI/BamHI and inserted intopET15b (NOV ~AGEN, Madison, WI), which has a His-TagTM leader sequence (SEQ ID
NO. 60), that has also been digested NdeIlBamHJ~.
DNA encoding unmodified myoD can be similarly inserted into a pETSb
or pETl lA and expressed as described below for the modified SAP-encoding DNA.
C. Expression of the modified nucleic acid bindin~ domain-encoding DNA
BL21(DE3) cells are transformed with the reslllting pl~micl~ and
cultured as described in Example 2, except that all incubations were conducted at 30~C
instead of 37~C. Briefly, a single colony is grown in LB AMPloo to and OD600 of 1.0-1.5
and then in-lllse-l with IPTG (final concentration 0.1 mM) for 2 h. The bacteria are
spun down.
D. Purification of modified nucleic acid bindin~ domain
Lysis buffer (20 mM NaPO4, pH 7.0, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM EGTA, 1 mM
DTT, 0.5 ~g/ml leupeptin, 1 ~Lg/ml aprotinin, 0.7 ~lg/ml pepstatin) was added to the
myoD cell paste (produced from pZ50Bl in BL21 cells, as described above) in a ratio
of 1.5 ml buffer/g cells. This nli~Lulc~ is evenly suspended via a Polytron homogenizer
and passed through a microfluidizer twice.
The resulting lysate is centrifuged at 50,000 rpm for 45 min. The
supern~t~nt is diluted with SP Buffer A (20 mM NaPO4, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.0) so thatthe conductivity is below 2.5 mS/cm. The diluted lysate supern~t~nt is then loaded onto
a SP-Sepharose column, and a linear gradient of 0 to 30% SP Buffer B (1 M NaCl,
20 mM NaPO4, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.0) in SP Buffer A with a total of 6 column volumes
is applied. Fractions cont~inin~; myoD are combined and the resllltin~?; rnucleic acid
binding domain had a purity of greater than 90%. A buffer exchange step is used to get
the SP eluate into a buffer cont~inin~ 50 mM NaBO3, 1 mM EDTA, pH 8.5 (S Buffer
A). This sample is then applied to a Resource S column (Ph~rrn~ci~ Sweden) pre-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/0716
100
equilibrated with S Buffer A. Pure nucleic acid binding domain is eluted off thecolumn by 10 colurnn volurnes of a linear gradient of 0 to 300 mM NaCl in SP Buffer
A.
In this ~lcpdldLion, ultracentrifugation is used clarify the Iysate; other
5 methods, such as filtration and using floculents also can be used. In addition,
Stre~mline S (PHARMACIA, Sweden) may also be used for large scale pl~alaLions.
EXAMPLE 5
PREPARATION OF CONJUGATES CONTAINrNG FGF MUTEINS
A. Couplin~; of FGF muteins to nucleic acid bindin~ domain
1. Chemical Svnthesis of ~C78SIFGF-nucleic acid bindin~ domain
¢CCFN2) and rC96SlFGF-nucleic acid binding domain (CCFN3~
[C78S]FGF or [C96S]FGF (1 mg; 56nrnol) that had been dialyzed
against phosphate-buffered saline is added to 2.5 mg mono-derivatized nucleic acid
binding ~1Om~in (a 1.5 molar excess over the basic FGF ~ ) and left on a rocker
platform overnight. The next morning the ultraviolet-visible wavelength spectrum is
taken to ~let~rmine the extent of reaction by the release of pyridylthione, which adsorbs
20 at 343 nm with a known extinction coefficient. The ratio of pyridylthione to basic FGF
mutant for [C78S]FGF is 1.05 and for ~C96S]FGF is 0.92. The reaction mixtures are
treated identically for purification in the following manner: reaction nlixLu~e is passed
over a HiTrap heparin-Sepharose column (1 ml) equilibrated with 0.15 M sodium
chloride in buffer A at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min. The column is washed with 0.6 M
25 NaCI and 1.0 M NaCI in buffer A and the product eluted with 2.0 M NaCI in buffer A.
Fractions (0.5 ml) are analyzed by gel electrophoresis and absorbance at 280 nm. Peak
tubes are pooled and dialyzed versus 10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.5 and applied to a
Mono-S 5/5 column equilibrated with the same buffer. A 10 ml gradient between 0 and
1.0 M sodium chloride in equilibration buffer is used to elute the product. Purity is
30 determined by gel electrophoresis and peak fractions were pooled.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
101
Under these conditions, virtually 100% of the mutant FGFs reacts with
mono-derivatized myoD. Because the free surface cysteine of each mutant acts as a free
sulfhydryl, it is unnecese~ry to reduce cysteines after purification from the b~.terizl
The resulting product is purified by heparin-Sepharose (data not shown), thus establish-
5 ing that heparin binding activity of the conjugate is retained.
2. Expression of the recombinant FGFC78/96S-nucleic acid bindin~
domain fusion proteins (FPFN4)
A two-stage method is used to produce recombinant FGF[C78/96S]-
10 myoD protein (hereinafter FPFN4). Two hundred and fift,v ml of LB medium
c~nt~inin~J ampicillin (100 ~lg/ml) are inoculated with a fresh glycerol stock of bacteria
cont~ining the plasmid. Cells are grown at 30~C in an incubator shaker to an OD600 of
0.7 and stored overnight at 4~C. The following day, cells are pelleted and resuspended
in fresh LB medium (no ampicillin). The cells are divided into 5 l-liter batches and
15 grown at 30~C in an incubator shaker to an OD600 of 1.5. IPTG is added to a final
concentration of 0.1 mM and growth is continued for about 2 to 2.5 hours at which time
cells were harvested by centrifugation.
EXAMPLE 6
RECOMBINANT PRODUCTION OF FGF-NucLEIc ACID
BrNDING DOMAIN FUSION PROTEIN
A. General Descriptions
1. Bacterial Strains and Plasmids
E. coli strains BL21(DE3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, HMS174(DE3) and
HMS 174(DE3)pLysS were purchased from NOVAGEN, Madison, WI. Plasmid pFC80,
described below, has been described in the WIPO Tntern~tional Patent ApplicationNo. WO 90/02800, except that the bFGF coding sequence in the plasmid ~lecign~te~l
30 pFC80 herein has the sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO. 52, nucleotides 1-465. The
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
102
plasmids described herein may be prepared using pFC80 as a starting m~teri~l or,s~lt~ tively, by starting with a ~agment contz~inin~ the cII ribosome binding site (SEQ
ID NO. 61) linked to the FGF-encoding DNA (SEQ ID NO. 52).
E. coZi strain JA221 (lpp- hdsM+ trpE5 leuB6 lacY recA1 F'[lacIq lac+
5 pro+]) is publicly available from the American Type Culture Collection ~TCC~,
Rockville, MD 20852, under the accession number ATCC 33875. (JA221 is also
available from the Northern Regional Research Center (NRRL), Agricultural Research
Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Peoria, IL 61604, under the accession number
NRRL B-15211, see also U.S. Patent No. 4,757,013 to Inouye; and Nakamura et al.,10 Cell 18:1109-1117, 1979). Strain INVla is commercially available from Invitrogen,
San Diego, CA.
B. Construction of plasmids encodin~ FGF/nucleic acid bindin~ domain fusion
proteins
1. Construction of FGFM13 that contains DNA encodin~ the cI ribosome
bindin~ site linked to FGF
A Nco I restriction site is introduced into the nucleic acid binding
domain-encoding DN~ by site-directed mutagenesis using the Amersham in vitro-
mutagenesis system 2.1. The oligonucleotide employed to create the Nco I restriction
20 site is synthe~i7t?d using a 380B automatic nNA synth~?~i7~r (Applied Biosystems).
This oligonucleotide co~ the Nco I site replaces the original nucleic acid binding
domain-cont~inin~ coding sequence.
In order to produce a bFGF coding sequence in which the stop codon
was removed, the FGF-encoding DNA is subcloned into a M13 phage and subjected to25 site-directed mutagenesis. Plasmid pFC80 is a derivative of pDS20 (see, e.g., Duester
et al., Cell 30:855-864, 1982; see also U.S. Patent Nos. 4,914,027, 5,037,744,
5,100,784, and 5,187,261; see also PCT Tntern~tional Application No. WO 90/02800;
and European Patent Application No. EP 267703 Al), which is almost the same as
plasmid pKG1800 (see Bernardi et al., DNA Sequence 1:147-150, 1990; see also
30 McKenney et al. (1981) pp. 383-415 in Gene Amplification and Analysis 2: Analysis of
Nucleic Acids by Enzymatic Methods, Chirikjian et al. (eds.), North Holland Publishing
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
103
Colllp~ly, Amsterdam) except that it contains an extra 440 bp at the distal end of galK
between nucleotides 2440 and 2880 in pDS20. Plasmid pKG1800 includes the 2880 bpEcoR I-Pvu II of pBR322 that contains the contains the ampicillin resistance gene and
an origin of replication.
Plasmid pFC80 is prepared from pDS20 by replacing the entire galK
gene with the FGF-encoding DNA of SEQ ID NO. 52, inserting the trp promoter (SEQID NO. 62) and the bacteriophage lambda cII ribosome binding site (SEQ. ID No. 61,
see, e.g, Schwarz et al., Nature 272:410, 1978) U~J~Lle~LIll of and operatively linked to
the FGF-encoding DNA. The Trp promoter can be obtained from plasmid pDR720
(Pharmacia PL Biochemicals) or synthesized according to SEQ ID NO. 62. Plasmid
pFC80, contains the 2880 bp EcoR I-BamH I fragment of plasmid pSD20, a syntheticSal I-Nde I fragment that encodes the Trp promoter region:
EcoR I
AATTCCCCTGTTGACAATTAATCATCGAACTAGTTAACTAGTACGCAGCTTGGCTGCAG
and the cII ribosome binding site (SEQ ID NO. 61)):
Sal I Nde I
20 GTCGACCAAGCTTGGGCATACATTCAATCAATTGTTATCTAAGGAAATACTTACATATG
The FGF-encoding DNA is removed from pFC80 by treating it as
follows. The pFC80 plasmid was digested by HgaI and Sal I, which produces a
fragment co~ i"i~g the CII ribosome binding site linked to the FGF-encoding DNA.25 The resulting fragment is blunt ended with Klenow's reagent and inserted intoM13mpl8 that has been opened by SmaI and treated with alkaline phosphatase for
blunt-end ligation. In order to remove the stop codon, an insert in the ORI minus
direction is mutagenized using the Amersham kit, as described above, using the
following oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO. 63): GCTAAGAGCGCCATGGAGA, which
30 contains one nucleotide between the FGF carboxy terminal serine codon and a Nco I
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI~/US96107164
104
restriction site, it replaces the following wild type FGF encoding DNA having SEQ ID
NO. 64:
GCT M G AGC TGA CCA TGG AGA
Ala Lys Ser STOP Pro Trp Arg
The resulting mutant derivative of M13mpl8, lacking a native stop
codon after the carboxy t~rrnin~l serine codon of bFGF, was ~iesign~te~l FGFM13. The
mutagenized region of FGFM13 cont~intocl the correct sequence (SEQ ID NO. 65).
2. P~ cudLion of a plasmid that encodes the FGF/MvoD fusion protein
Plasmid FGFM13 is cut with Nco I and Sac I to yield a fragment
c~ t;1i"i.lg the CII ribosome binding site linked to the bFGF coding sequence with the
stop codon replaced.
An M13mpl8 d~l;valiv~ C~ nt~ining the myoD coding sequence is also
cut with restriction endonucleases Nco I and Sac I, and the bFGF coding fragment from
FGFM13 was inserted by ligation to DNA encoding the fusion protein bFGF- myoD
into the M13mpl8 derivative to produce mpFGF- myoD, which contains the CII
ribosome binding site linked to the FGF-nucleic acid binding domain fusion gene.Plasmid mpFGF- myoD is digested with Xba I and EcoR I and the
resulting fragment collt;~ g the bFGF- myoD coding sequence is isolated and ligated
into plasmid pET-l la (available from NOVAGEN, Madison, WI; for a description ofthe plasmids see U.S. Patent No. 4,952,496; see also Studier et al., Meth. Enz. 185:60-
89, 1990; Studier et al., J. Mol. Biol. 189:113-130, 1986; Rosenberg et al., Gene
25 56:125-135, 1987) that has also been treated with EcoR I andX~a I.
E. coli strain BL21(DE3)pLysS (NOVAGEN, Madison WI) may be
transformed with the plasmid cont~ining the fusion gene. '~
Plasmid FGF/myoD may be digested with EcoR I, the ends repaired by
adding nucleoside triphosphates and Klenow DNA polymerase, and then digested with
30 Nde I to release the FGF-encoding DNA without the CII ribosome binding site. This
fragment is ligated into pET 1 la, which is BamH I digested, treated to repair the ends,
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
105
and digested with Nde I. The resulting plasmid includes the T7 transcription terrnin~tor
and the pET- 1 1 a ribosome binding site.
Plasmid FGF/myoD may be digested with EcoR I and Nde I to release
,, the FGF-encoding DNA without the CII ribosome binding site and ends are repaired as
5 described above. This fragment may be ligated into pET 12a, which had been BamH I
digested and treated to repair the ends. The resulting plasmid includes DNA encoding
the OMP T secretion signal operatively linked to DNA encoding the fusion protein.
3. Pl~dlion of a plasmid that encodes FGF2-protamine fusion protein
Plo~llines are small basic DNA binding proteins, approximately 6.8 kD
10 in molecular weight with a isoelectric point of 12.175. Twenty-four of the fifty one
amino acids are strongly basic. Human ~lolalllhle has been shown to condense genomic
DNA for p~ ging into the sperm head. The positive charges of the protamine reactwith the negative charges of the phosphate backbone of the DNA.
A FGF-protamine fusion protein that has the ability to bind to the FGF
15 receptor and bind DNA with high affinity is constructed for t;x~lc~ion in E. coli. The
sequence for the human plot~llille gene is obtained from GenBank (accession no.
Y00443). Four overlapping oligonucleotides (60mers) are generated and used to
amplify the protamine gene. The amplified product is purified and ligated into the
b~ct~n~l ex~le~sion vector pET1la (Novagen). To facilitate subcloning, a NcoI and
20 BamHI site are incorporated into the primers. The fragment is syntheci7~-1 by ~nne~ling
the 4 oligos (2 sense and 2 ~nti.~n~e) with 20 base overlaps and using PCR to fill-in and
amplify the fragments. The PCR products are digested with NcoI and BamHI, and
subcloned into pBluescript SK+. The insert sequence is verified. The sequenced
product is then cloned downstream and in-frame with FGF2, which has been previously
25 cloned into the pET1 la ~x~lession plasmid. The oligos used to generate fragment A are
(5 -3 '):
PTI:
TACATGCCATGGCCAGGTACAGATGCTGTCGCAGCCAGAGCCGGAGCAGAT
30 ATTACCGCC (SEQ ID NO.: 85)
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
106
PT2:
GCAGCTCCGCCTCCTTCGTCTGCGACTTCTTTGTCTCTGGCGGTAATATCTGC
TCCGGCT (SEQ ID NO.: 86) ''
s
PT3:
GACGAAGGAGGCGGAGCTGCCAGACACGGAGGAGAGCCATGAGGTGCTGC
CGCCCCAGGT (SEQ ID NO.: 87)
10 PT4:
ATATATCCTAGGTTAGTGTCTTCTACATCTCGGTCTGTACCTGGGGCGGCAG
CACCTCA (SEQ ID NO.: 88)
Co.l.~;Le..L k~cteri~l cells, BL21 (DE3), are L,~.~ro....ed with the pET11-
15 FGF2-protamine construct. The cells are initially plated on LB agar plates co~ g
100 ~g/ml ampicillin. A glycerol stock made from an individual colony added to 1 ml
fresh LB broth and then to 250 ml of LB broth. The cells are grown to an OD60o of 0.7
and induced with IPTG. The culture is harvested 4 hours after induction. The
suspension is centrifuged; the SupL~ nt is saved and the pellet is resuspended in Iysis
20 buffer, centrifuged again and the sup~ pooled. A sample of the pellet and the
supern~t~nt are analyzed by Western analysis using antibodies to FGF2 to determine the
percentage of fusion protein within each fraction. Soluble protein is purified. Briefly,
the cells are pelleted and resuspended in buffer A (10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0,
cont~inin~ 10 mM EDTA, 10 mM EGTA and 50 mM NaCI) and passed through a
25 microfluidizer (Microfluidics Corp., Newton, MA) to break open the bacteria and shear
DNA. The reslllt~nt mixture is diluted and loaded onto an ~p~ncled bed Streamline SP
cation-exchange resin. The column is washed with step gradients of increasing
concentrations of NaCI. The eluted material is analyzed by Western analysis for
fractions co"~ -g the fusion protein. These fractions are pooled, diluted, and loaded
30 onto a Heparin-Sepharose affinity column. After washing, the bound proteins are eluted
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/0716"
107
in a batch-wise manner in buffer cont~ining 1 M NaCl and then in buffer cC)~ lg 2
M NaCl. Peak fractions of the 2M elution, as determined by optical density at 280 nm,
are pooled and the purity cl~Le.,.,i.~ed by gel electrophoresis and Western analysis. The
final pool of material will be loaded onto a column of Sephacryl S-100 equilibrated
with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCI.
Fusion protein located in the pellet is isolated, solubilized and refolded.
Briefly, each culture pellet is thawed completely and re~u~ellded in buffer A (10 mM
Tris, 1 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 + 0.1 mg/ml lyzozyme). The nli~Lul~, iS sonicated on ice,
centrifuged at 16,000 X g, and the sUpçrn~t~nt discarded. Inclusion bodies are
10 solubilized with solubilization buffer: (6 M gll~nic~in~.-HCl, 100 mM Tris, 150 mM
NaCl, 50 mM EDTA, 50 mM EGTA, pH 9.5,), vortexed, incubated for 30 minutes at
room temperature, and centrifuged at 35,000 X g for 15 minl1t~s The supern~t~nt is
saved and diluted 1:10 in dilution buffer (100 mM Tris, 10 mM EDTA, 1%
monothioglycerol, 0.25 M L-arginine, pH 9.5). The m~tl?ri~l is stirred, covered, at 4~C
15 for 2 hours and then cc;.lLliruged at 35,000 X g for 20 mimltes The supçrn~t~nt is
dialyzed in against 5 liters PBS, pH 8.8, for 24 hours at 4~C with 3 changes of fresh
PBS. The m~t~rizll is concentrated approximately 10-fold using size-exclusion spin
columns. The soluble refolded m~tt~ l is then analyzed by gel electrophoresis.
Expression of the FGF-plotalline fusion protein can be achieved in
20 mzlmmz~ n cells by excising the insert with restriction enzymes NdeI and BamHI and
lig~ting into a m~mm~ n expression vector.
C. Expression of the recombinant bFGF-nucleic acid bindin~ domain fusion
proteins
A two-stage method is used to produce recombinant bFGF-myoD protein
(hereinafter bFGF-nucleic acid binding domain fusion protein).
Three liters of LB broth cont~inin~ arnpicillin (50 ~lg/ml) and
chloramphenicol (25 ~lg/ml) are inoculated with pFS92 plasmid-cont~ining bacterial
cells (strain BL21(DE3)pLysS) from an overnight culture (1:100 dilution). Cells are
30 grown at 37~C in an incubator shaker to an OD600 of 0.7. IPTG (Sigma Chemical,
- ~ = ~= =
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
108
St. Louis, MO) is added to a final concentration of 0.2 mM and growth was continllecl
for 1.5 hours at which time cells were centrifuged.
Experiment~ have shown that growing BL21(DE3)pLysS cells at 30~C
instead of 37~C improves yields. Thus, cells are grown at 30~C to an OD600 of 1.5 prior
S to induction. Following induction, growth is continlle~l for about 2 to 2.5 hours at
which time the cells are harvested by centrifugation.
The pellet is resuspended in lysis solution (45-60 ml per 16 g of pellet,
20 mM TRIS, pH 7.4, 5 mM EDTA, 10% sucrose, 150 mM NaCl, lysozyme, 100 ~L
g/ml, aprotinin, 10 ~Lg/ml, 1GU~G~ 10 ~Lg/ml, pc~ A, 10 ,ug/ml and 1 mM PMSF)10 and incubated with stirring for 1 hour at room temperature. The solution is frozen and
thawed three times and sonicated for 2.5 minutec. The suspension is centrifuged at
12,000 X g for 1 hour, the resulting first-supern~t~nt saved and the pellet is resuspended
in another volume of lysis solution wi~out lysozyme. The resuspended material isce,ll,iruged again to produce a second-supern~tSlnt and the two supern~t~ntc are pooled
15 and dialyzed against borate buffered saline, pH 8.3.
D. AffinitY purification of bFGF-nucleic acid bindin~ domain fusion protein
Thirty ml of the dialyzed solution co..~;..i..~ the bFGF-nucleic acid
binding domain fusion protein from Fx~mple 5.C. is applied to HiTrap
heparin-Sepharose column (Ph~rm~ Uppsala, Sweden) equilibrated with 0.15 M
NaCl in 10 mM TRIS, pH 7.4 (buffer A). The column is washed first with equilibration
buffer; second with 0.6 M NaCl in buffer A; third with 1.0 M NaCl in buffer A; and
finally eluted with 2 M NaCl in buffer A into 1.0 ml fractions. Samples were assayed
by the ELISA method.
bFGF-nucleic acid binding domain fusion protein elutes from the
heparin-Sepharose column at the same concentration (2 M NaCl) as native and
recombinantly-produced bFGF, indicating that the heparin affinity is retained in the
bFGF-SAP fusion protein.
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
109
E. Characteri_ation of the bFGF-nucleic acid bindin~ domain fusion protein bv
Western blot
SDS gel electrophoresis is performed on a Pha~l~y~le~ ltili7ing 20%
acrylamide gels (Ph~rm~ ). Western blotting is accomplished by transfer of the
S electrophoresed protein to nitrocellulose using the PhastTransfer system (Pharmacia), as
described by the mz~nllf~cturer. Antisera to bFGF is used at a dilution of 1:1000.
Horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-IgG is used as the second antibody (Davis et al.,
Basic Methods in Molecular Biology, New York, Elsevier Science Publishing Co.,
pp 1-338, 1986).
Anti-FGF antisera should bind to a protein with an approximate
molecular weight of 53,000, which corresponds to the sum of the independent
molecular weights of nucleic acid binding domain (35,000) and bFGF (18,000).
EXAMPLE 7
PREPARATION OF FGF-NucLEIc ACID BINDING DOMAIN CONJUGATES THAT CONTAIN
LINKERS ENCODING PROTEASE SUBSTRATES
A. Synthesis of oli~os encodin~ protease substrates
Compl~ment~ry single-stranded oligos in which the sense strand encodes
a protease substrate, have been synthe~i7~cl either using a cyclone m~-~hine (Millipore,
MA) according the instructions provided by the m~nllf~c.turer, or were made by
Midland Certified Reagent Co. (Midland, TX) or by National Biosciences, Inc. (MN).
The following oligos have been synthesi7.ocl
1. Cathepsin B substrate linker
5'- CCATGGCCCTGGCCCTGGCCCTGGCCCTGGCCATGG SEQ ID NO: 66
2. Cathepsin D substrate linker
5'- CCATGGGCCGATCGGGCTTCCTGGGCTTCGGCTTCCTGG
GCTTCGCCAT GG -3' SEQ ID NO: 67
3. Trypsin substrate linker
5'- CCATGGGCCGATCGGGCGGTGGGTGCGCTGGTAATAGAGT
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/071G4
110
CAGMGATCAGTCGGMGCAGCCTGTCTTGCGGTGGTCTC
GACCTGCAGG CCATGG-3' SEQ ID NO: 68
4. Gly4Ser
5'- CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GCCATGG -3' SEQ ID NO: 47
5. (Gly4ser)2
5'- CCATGGGCGGCGGCGGCTCTGGCGGCGGCGGCTC
TGCCATGG -3' SEQ ID NO: 48
6. (Ser4Gly)4
5'- CCATGGCCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGCTCGTCGTCGTC
1 0 GGGCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGC
GCCATGG -3' SEQ ID NO: 49
7. (Ser4GlY)2
5- CCATGGCCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGCTCGTCGTCGTC
GGGCGCCATGG -3' SEQ ID NO: 50
8. Thrombin substrate linker
CTG GTG CCG CGC GGC AGC SEQ ID NO. 69
Leu Val Pro Arg Gly Ser
9. Enterokinase substrate linker
GAC GAC GAC GAC CCA SEQ ID NO. 70
20 ASp Asp ASp Asp Lys
10. Factor Xa substrate
ATC GM GGT CGT SEQ ID NO. 71
IleGlu GlyArg
25 B. P~ Iion of DNA constructs encodin~ FGF-Linker-nucleic acid bindin~
domain
The complementary oligos are annealed by heating at 95~C for 15 min.,
cooled to room temperature, and then incnb~te~l at 4~C for a minute to about an hour.
Following incubation, the oligos are digested with l~coI and ligated overnight at a 3:1
30 (insert:vector) ratio at 15~C to NcoI-digested plasmid which has been treated with
zllk~line phosphatase (Boehringer Mannheim).
Bacteria (Novablue (NOVAGEN, Madison, WI)) are transformed with
the ligation mixture (1 ~11) and plated on LB-amp or LB-Kan, depending upon the
plasmid). Colonies are selected, clones isolated and sequenced to determine orientation
35 of the insert. Clones with correct orientation are used to transform strain expression
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
111
strain BL21(DE3) (NOVAGEN, Madison, WI). Glycerol stocks are generated from
single transformed colonies. The transformed strains are cultured as described in
Example 2 and fusion proteins with linkers were expressed.
The DNA and amino acid sequences of exemplary fusion proteins,
5 co~ cathepsin B substrate (FPFS9), cathepsin D substrate (FPFSS), Gly4Ser(FPFS7), (Gly4Ser)2 (FPFS8), trypsin substrate (FPFS6), (Ser4Gly)4 (FPFS12) and
(Ser4Gly)~ (FPFS11) linkers, respectively, are set forth in SEQ ID NOs. 72-78.
EXAMPLE 8
FGF-PoLY-L-LYslNE (FGF2-K) COMPLEXED WITH A
PLASMID ENCODING ,B-GALAcToslDAsE
A. D~.iv~li~lion of polY-L-lYsine
Polylysine polymer with average lengths of 13, 39, 89, 152, and 265
15 (K13, K39, Kg4, Kl52, K265) are purchased from a commercial vendor (Sigma, St. Louis,
MO) and dissolved in 0.1 M NaPO4, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5 (buffer A) at
3-5 mg/ml. Approximately 30 mg of poly-L-lysine solution is mixed with 0.187 ml of
3 mg/ml N-succinimidyl-3(pyridyldithio)proprionate (SPDP) in anhydrous ethanol
resulting in a molar ratio of SPDP/poly-L-lysine of 1.5 and incubated at room
20 temperature for 30 minlltes The reaction ~ Lul~; is then dialyzed against 4 liters of
buffer A for 4 hours at room t~lllp~;ldlulc~.
B. Coniugation of derivatized polvlYsine to FGF2-3
A solution contz~inin~ 28.5 mg of poly-L-lysine-SPDP is added to 12.9
25 mg of FGF2-3 ([C96S]-FGF2) in buffer A and incubated overnight at 4~C. The molar
ratio of poly-L-lysine-SPDP/FGF2-3 is approximately 1.5. Following incubation, the
conjugation reaction mixture is applied to a 6 ml Resource S (Pharmacia, Uppsala,
Sweden) column. A gradient of 0.15 M to 2.1 M NaCl in 20 mM NaPO4, 1 mM
EDTA, pH 8.0 (Buffer B) over 24 column volumes is used for elution. The FGF2-
30 3/poly-L-lysine conjugate, called FGF2-K, is eluted off the column at approximately
1.8-2 M NaCl concentration. Unreacted FGF2-3 is eluted off by 0.5-0.6 M NaCI.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 9G/36362 PCI'IUS96/07164
112
The fractions co~ i..i..g FGF2-K are concentrated and loaded onto a gel-
filtration column (Sephacryl S100) for buffer exchange into 20 mM HEPES, 0.1 M
NaCl, pH 7.3. The molecular weight of FGF-K152 as determined by size exclusion
HPLC is ~ oxilllately 42 kD. To determine if the conjugation procedure hlL~lrt;les
S with the ability of FGF2-3 to bind heparin, the chemical conjugate FGF2-K is loaded
onto a heparin column and eluted off the column at 1.8- 2.0 M NaCl. In comparison,
unconjugated FGF2-3 is eluted off heparin at 1.4 - 1.6 M NaCI. This suggests that
poly-L-lysine contributes to FGF2-3 ability to bind heparin. The ability of poly-L-
lysine 152 to bind heparin is not ~iett?rmined; poly-L-lysine 84 elutes at approximately
10 1.6 M NaCI. Histone HI-polylysine was purchased and cytochrome C was conjugated
to polylysine as described herein.
A sample of FGF2-K is electrophoresed on SDS-PAGE under non-
reducing and redn~ing conditions. The protein migrates at the same molecular weight
as FGF. Under non-re~ cin~ conditions the conjugate does not enter the gel because of
15 its high charge density (Figure 1, lanes 1,2, non-reducing, lanes 3, 4, reducing).
A standard proliferation assay using aortic bovine endothelial cells is
olllled to determine if the conjugation procedure reduced the ability of FGF2-3
ability to stimlll~te mitogenesis. The results reveal that FGF2-K is equivalent to FGF2-
3 in stim~ tin~ proliferation (Figure 2).
C. FGF2-3-poly-L-lYsine-nucleic acid complex formation
Optimal conditions for complex formation are established. Varying
quantities (0.2 to 200 ~g) of ~-galactosidase encoding plasmid nucleic acid pSV,B or
pNASS-,B (lacking a promoter) are slowly mixed with 100 ~lg of FGF2-K in 20 mM
25 HEPES pH 7.3, 0.15 M NaCl. The reaction is incubated for 1 hour at room
temperature. Nucleic acid binding to the FGF-lysine conjugate is confirmed by gel
mobility shift assay using 32P-labeled SV40-,B-gal nucleic acid cut with HincII
restriction endonuclease. In brief, SV40~-gal nucleic acid is digested with HincII
restriction endonucleases; ends are labeled by T4 PNK following dephosphorylation
30 with calf intestin~l ~lk~line phosphatase. To each sample of 35 ng of 32P-labeled
nucleic acid increasing arnounts of FGF-polylysine conjugate is added to the mixture.
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
113
The protein/nucleic acid mixture is electrophoresed in an agarose gel with 1 X TAE
buffer. Binding of the conjugate to the radiolabeled DNA is shown by a shift in the
complex to the top of the well. (Figure 3.) As seen in Figure 3D, as little as 10 ng of
K84 causes a complete shift of restriction fr~gment~ indicating binding. With Kl3, 100
5 ng of poly-L-lysine was required (Figure 3C). With K265, 10 ng was required
(Figure 3E).
The optimal length of poly-L-lysine and weight ratios is determined by
conjugation of FGF2-3 to poly-lysine of different lengths. DNA encoding
~[~_g~l~ctosidase was complexed with the conjugates at 10:1, 5:1, 2:1, 1:1, and 0.5:1
10 (Figure 4, lanes 1-5, respectively) (w/w) ratios. The ability of these FGF2-K complexes
to bind DNA was d~leJ ,..i"ed by mc~llring the ability of FGF to promote the uptake of
plasmid DNA into cells. FGF2-K conjugates were evaluated at various protein to DNA
ratios for their ability to deliver pSV,B-gal DNA into cells (Figure 4).
Briefly, the complexes were incubated for 1 hr at room temperature and
then added to COS cells for 48 hrs. Cell extracts were prepared and assayed for ,B-gal
enzyme activity. Briefly, cells are washed with 1 ml of PBS (Ca+2 and Mg+2 free) and
lysed. The lysate was vortexed and cell debris removed by centrifugation. The lysate
was assayed for ,l~-gal activity as recommenlled by the m~mlf~cturer (Promega,
Madison, WI). The ~-gal activity was norm~li7tod to total protein. As seen in Figure 4,
lane 3, a 2:1 (w/w) ratio of FGF2-K:DNA gave m~im~l enzyme activity.
In addition, toroid formation, which correlates with increased gene
es:jion, was ~e~secl by electron microscopy. A representative toroid at a protein to
DNA ratio of 2:1 is shown in Figure 5, upper panel. Toroidal structures are absent, or
only partially formed, at low ratios (e.g, 0.5:1 ) (Figure 5, lower panel).
A proliferation assay is performed to determine if the condensed nucleic
acid had an effect on the ability of FGF2-K to bind to cognate receptor and stimulate
mitogenesis. The proliferation assay shows that only the highest dose of nucleic acid
(200 ,~Lg) has a slightly inhibitory effect on proliferation as compared to FGF2-3 plus
poly-L-lysine + DNA (Figure 6).
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
114
A FGF2-K84-DNA at a protein:DNA ratio of 2:1 is introduced into COS
cells and an endothelial cell line, ABAE, both of which express FGF receptors. The
cells are subsequently assayed for ,(3-galactosidase enzyme activity. COS and ABAE
cells are grown on coverslips and incubated with the different ratios of FGF2-K:DNA
S for 48 hours. The cells are then fixed and stained with X-gal. ~im~l ,13-galactosidase
enzyme activity is seen when 50 llg of pSV13 per 100 ~lg of FGF2-3-polylysine
conjugate is used.
FGF2-K84-pSV,l~-gal at a protein to DNA ratio of 2:1 was added to
various cell lines and incubated for 48 hr. Cell extracts were prepared, assayed for
10 ,3-gal activity and total protein. As shown in Figure 7A, COS, B16, NIH3T3, and BHK
cell lines were all able to take up complex and express ~-gal.
The expression of ~-gal requires FGF2 for targeting into cells. pSV~ or
pNASS~ plasmid DNA was incubated with (Figure 7B, lanes 1, 2) or without (lanes 3,
4) FGF2-K84 for 1 hr at room temperature. Complexes were added to COS cells for 48
15 hr. Cell extracts were assayed for ~-gal activity and norm~li7~1 to total protein. Only
background 13-gal activity was seen unless the plasmid was complexed with FGF2/K84.
Expression of ,B-gal is seen to be both time and dose-dependent (Figures 7C and 7D).
Sensitivity of the receptor me~ ted gene delivery system is determinP(1
using the optimized FGF2-K/DNA ratio for complex formation. Increasing amounts of
20 the FGF2-K/DNA complex is added to cells. 100 ~g of FGF2-K was mixed with 50 ug
of pSV13 for 1 hour at room temperature. The COS and endothelial cells are incubated
with increasing amounts of con-l~n~e~1 material (0 ng, 1 ng, 10 ng, 100 ng, 1000 ng and
10,000 ng). The cells are incubated for 48 hours and then were assayed for
~13-galactosidase activity. In addition, cells grown on cover slips are treated with 1000
25 ng of FGF2-K-DNA for 48 hours, then fixed and stained using X-gal. The ~-gal
enzyme assay reveals that with increasing amounts of material there is an increase in
enzyme activity. (Figure 7D) Cells incubated with X-gal show blue staining
throughout the cytoplasm in approximately 3% of the cells on the coverslip.
Targeting of the complexes is specific for the FGF receptor. First, as
30 seen in Figure 8A, FGF2-K84-pSV,B-gal resulted in enzyme activity (lane 1), while only
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
115
background levels of activity were seen with FGF2+K84+DNA (lane 2), FGF2+DNA
(lane 3), K84+DNA (lane 4), DNA (lane 5), FGF2-K84 (lane 6), FGF2 alone (lane 7)and K84 alone (lane 8). The expression of ,~-gal is specifically inhibited if free FGF2 is
added during transfection (Figure 8B). Moreover, the addition of heparin ~1 ~e~ es the
5 ~:x~lession of ~-gal (Figure 8C). Moreover, histone HI and cytochrome C were
ineffective in delivering pSV,~-gal (Figure 8C).
Taken together, these fin~lingc support the hypothesis that the targeted
DNA is introduced into receptor-bearing cells via the high affinity FGF receptor.
Because histone can bind heparin sulfate yet fails to elicit a signal, the introduction of
10 DNA appears independent of the low affinity FGF receptor or non-specific endocytosis.
D. Effect of endosome-disruptive Peptides
Targeting is mediated by passage of the complex through endosomes.
Chloroquine, which was added to complexec before transfection, resulted in an 8-fold
15 increase in ,B-gal activity (Figure 9A).
Based on this, the effect of endosome disruptive peptides was evaluated.
The peptide INF7, GLF EAIEGFIEN GWEGMIDGWYGC, derived from influen7~
virus, was synthe~i7~ A complex between FGF2-K84 (5 ~lg) and pSV,l~-gal plasmid
DNA (5 ~lg) was formed. At this ratio, approximately half of the negative charge of the
20 DNA was neutralized by the conjugate. K84, poly-L-lysine, was further added to
s~t lr~te binding to the rem~ining DNA. The INF7 peptide was added 30 minlltes later.
The complex is added to COS cells and ~-gal activity is assayed 48 or 72 hr later.
The amount of free polylysine necessary to neutralize the DNA and
allow INF7 to complex was determin~ Polylysine was added at 4, 10, or 25 ,ug to the
25 FGF2-K84/pSV,~-gal complex. To each of these complexes four different
concentrations of INF7 were added. Maximal ,B-gal expression was seen with 4 ~g of
K84 and 12 ~g of INF7 (Figure 13A). When higher amounts of poly-lysine were used,
more cell death resulted. The optimal amount of INF7 was determined using 4 ~Lg of
polylysine. As seen in Figure 13B, 24 ~lg of INF7 gave m~xim~l ~-gal activity. At 72
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTJUS96/07164
116
hr, 48 ~g of INF7 gave maximal ,B-gal activity (approximately 20-32 fold enhancement)
(Figure 13C).
When an endosome disruptive peptide was included in the complex,
expression of ,13-gal was increased 26-fold (Figure 9B). Concomitant with this increased 5
S level of expression was an increase in the number of cells expressing ~-gal. As seen in
Figure 9C, when endosome disruptive peptide (EDP) was present (right panel), 1%-5%
of cells express ,B-gal in comparison to 0.1%-0.3% without EDP added (left panel).
EXAMPLE 9
CYTOTOXIC ACT1V1TY OF FGF/POLY-L-LYSINE
BOUND TO SAP DNA PLASMID
The cytotoxicity assay measures viable cells after transfection with a
15 cytocide-encoding agent. When FGF-2 is the receptor-binding int~rn~li7~-1 ligand,
COS7 cells, which express FGFR, may be used as targets, and T47D, which does notexpress a receptor for FGF-2 at detect~ble levels, may be used as negative control cells.
Cells are plated at 38,000 cells/well and 48,000 cells/well in a 12-well
tissue culture plate in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 5% FBS. The complex FGF2-
20 K/pZ200M (a plasmid which expresses saporin) is incubated with COS7 or T47D cellsfor 48 hrs. Controls include FGF2-K alone, pZ200M alone, and FGF-2 plus
poly-L-lysine plus pZ200M. Following incubation, cells are rinsed in PBS lackingMg~ and Ca~. Trypsin at 0.1% is added for 10 min and cells are harvested and
washed. Cell number from each well is determined by a Coulter particle counter (or
25 equivalent method). A statistically significant decrease in cell number for cells
incubated with FGF2-K/pZ200M compared to FGF2-K or pZ200M alone indicates
sufficient cytotoxicity.
FGF2-polylysine-DNASAP complexes show selective cytotoxicity. To
optimize the expression of the plant RIP, saporin, in m~mm~ n cells, a synthetic30 saporin gene using preferred m~mm~ n codons and introduced a "Kozak" sequence for
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
117
translation initiation. The synthetic gene was then cloned into SV40 promoter and
promoterless c;~ s~ion vectors. Because the expression of SAP from SAP-encoding
DNA would only be feasible if the m~mm~ n ribosome can synthe~i7e the protein
(SAP) prior to its inactivation by the SAP synthesized, the enzymatic activity of saporin
5 encoded by the synthetic gene was tested. SAP was cloned into a T7/SP6 promoter
plasmid and sense RNA was generated using T7 RNA polymerase. The RNA was then
added to a m~rnm~ n in vitro translation assay. The results from this cell-free in vitro
translation assay clearly show that the saporin expressed in a m~mm~ n system can
inhibit the ~ ion of protein mutagenesis (Figure 10). When added above to the
10 lysate, SAP mRNA is tr~n~l~fel1 into a protein that has the anticipated molecular weight
of the saporin protein (lane 2). Similarly, when luciferase mRNA is added to the Iysate,
a molecule consistent with the luciferase protein is detected (lane 3). In contrast, if SAP
mRNA is added to the Iysate along with or 30 minutes prior to luciferase mRNA,
saporin activity is detected (lanes 4 and 5).
Transfection of cells with SAP DNA demonstrates cytotoxicity. When a
m~mm~ n expression vector encoding saporin is transiently expressed in NIH 3T3
cells using CaPO4, there is a >65% decrease in cell survival (lane 3) compared to cells
mock transfected (lane 1) or transfected with DNA encoding ~-gal (lane 2) (Figure 11).
To determine whether the FGF2-K can transfer plasmid DNA encoding
20 SAP into FGF receptor bearing cells, FGF2-K was con-l~n.~ed with the pSV40-SAP
plasmid DNA at a ratio of 2:1 (w:w). BHK 21 and NIH 3T3 cells were used as the
target cells. The cells (24,000 cells/well) were incubated with either FGF2-K-DNASAP
or an FGF2-K-DNA,13-gal complex. After 72 hours of incubation, cell number was
det~-rmineA As shown in Figure 12, there is a significant decrease in cell number when
25 cells are incubated with the FGF2-K-DNASAP complex compared to cells incubated
with the FGF2-K-DNA~3-gal complex.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific
embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration,
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
118
various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the
invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
119
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
~i) APPLICANT: Prizm Pharmaceuticals. Inc.
(ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING NUCLEIC ACIDS AND LIGANDS FOR THERAPEUTIC
. TREATMENT
(iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 106
(iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: SEED and BERRY
(B) STREET: 6300 Columbia Center. 701 Fifth Avenue
(C) CITY: Seattle
(D) STATE: Washington
(E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) ZIP: 98104-7092
(v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk
(B) COMPUTER: IBM PC compatible
(C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: PatentIn Release #1Ø Version #1.25
(vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATE: 16-MAY-1996
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: Nottenburg Ph.D.. Carol
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 39.317
(C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: 760100.415PC
(ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: (206) 622-4900
(B) TELEFAX: (206) 682-6031
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:1:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 473 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: both
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 13..456
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= ''VEGFI2l-encoding DNA~
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
120
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 13. .90
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= leader-encoding sequence
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:l:
GGATCCGMM CC ATG MC TTT CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG CAT TGG AGC CTT 48
Met Asn Phe Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Ser Leu
5 10
GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC MG TGG TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 96
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Trp Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro
15 20 25
ATG GCA GM GGA GGA GGG CAG MT CAT CAC GM GTG GTG MG TTC ATG 144
Met Ala Glu Gly Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Glu Val Val Lys Phe Met
30 35 40
GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA ATC GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 192
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Ile Glu Thr Leu Val Asp
. 45 50 55 60
ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TAC ATC TTC MG CCA TCC 240
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Tyr Ile Phe Lys Pro Ser
65 70 75
TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC GGG GGC TGC TGC MT GAC GAG GGC CTG 288
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cys Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu
80 85 90
GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC MC ATC ACC ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 336
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Thr Met Gln Ile Met Arg
95 100 105
ATC AM CCT CAC CM GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GAG ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 384
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Çln His Ile Gly Glu Met Ser Phe Leu Gln
110 115 120
CAC MC MM TGT GM TGC AGA CCA MG MM GAT AGA GCA AGA CM GM 432
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Lys Lys Asp Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu
125 130 135 140
MM TGT GAC MG CCG AGG CGG TGATGMTGA ATGAGGATCC 473
Lys Cys Asp Lys Pro Arg Arg
145
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:2:
( i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 605 base pairs
( B ) TYPE: nuc l ei c ac i d
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: doub l e
(D) TOPOLOGY: both
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
121
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
( B ) LOCAT I ON: 13. .588
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= ''VEGFI6~-encoding DNA"
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 13..90
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "leader sequence-encoding DNA"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
GGATCCGMM CC ATG MC m CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG CAT TGG AGC CTT 48
Met Asn Phe Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Ser Leu
5 10
GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC MG TGG TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 96
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Trp Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro
15 20 25
ATG GCA GM GGA GGA GGG CAG MT CAT CAC GM GTG GTG MG TTC ATG 144
Met Ala Glu Gly Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Glu Val Val Lys Phe Met
30 35 40
GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA ATC GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 192
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Ile Glu Thr Leu Val Asp
45 50 55 60
ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TAC ATC TTC MG CCA TCC 240
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Tyr Ile Phe Ly~ Pro Ser
65 70 75
TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC GGG GGC TGC TGC MT GAC GAG GGC CTG 288
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cys Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu
80 85 90
GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC MC ATC ACC ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 336
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Thr Met Gln Ile Met Arg
95 100 105
ATC MM CCT CAC CM GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GAG ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 384
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Gln His Ile Gly Glu Met Ser Phe Leu Gln
110 115 120
CAC MC MM TGT GM TGC AGA CCA MG MM GAT AGA GCA AGA CM GM 432
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Lys Lys Asp Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu
125 130 135 140
MT CCC TGT GGG CCT TGC TCA GAG CGG AGA MG CAT TTG TTT GTA CM 480
Asn Pro Cys Gly Pro Cys Ser Glu Arg Arg Lys His Leu Phe Val Gln
145 150 155
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
122
GAT CCG CAG ACG TGT AAA TGT TCC TGC AAA AAC ACA GAC TCG CGT TGC 528
Asp Pro Gln Thr Cys Lys Cys Ser Cys Lys Asn Thr Asp Ser Arg Cys
160 165 170
AAG GCG AGG CAG CTT GAG TTA AAC GAA CGT ACT TGC AGA TGT GAC M G 576
Lys Ala Arg Gln Leu Glu Leu Asn Glu Arg Thr Cys Arg Cys Asp Lys _
175 180 185
CCG AGG CGG TGATG M TGA ATGAGGATCC -- 605
Pro Arg Arg --
190
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 677 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: both
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 13..657
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= ''VEGFI~9-encoding DNA"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 13..90
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "leader sequence-encoding DNA"
(xi) SEOUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3
GGATCCGAAA CC ATG AAC m CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG CAT TGG AGC CTT 48
Met Asn Phe Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Sèr Leu
1 5 10
GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC AAG TGG TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 96
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Trp Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro
15 20 25
ATG GCA GAA GGA GGA GGG CAG AAT CAT CAC GAA GTG GTG AAG TTC ATG 144
Met Ala Glu Gly Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Glu Val Val Lys Phe Met
30 35 40 .
GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA ATC GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 192
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Ile Glu Thr Leu Val Asp
45 50 55 60
ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TAC ATC TTC AAG CCA TCC 240
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Tyr Ile Phe Lys Pro Ser
~ 65 70 75
TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC:GGG GGC TGC TGC AAT GAC GAG GGC CTG 288
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cys Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
123
GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC MC ATC ACC ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 336
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Thr Met Gln Ile Met Arg
95 100 105
ATC MM CCT CAC CM GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GAG ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 384
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Gln His Ile Gly Glu Met Ser Phe Leu Gln
110 115 120
CAC MC MM TGT GM TGC AGA CCA MG MG GAT AGA GCA AGA CM GM 432
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Lys Lys Asp Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu
125 130 135 140
MM AM TCA GTT CGA GGA MG GGA MG GGG CM MM CGA MG CGC MG 480
Lys Lys Ser Val Arg Gly Lys Gly Lys Gly Gln Lys Arg Lys Arg Lys
145 150 155
MM TCC CGG TAT MG TCC TGG AGC GTT CCC TGT GGG CCT TGC TCA GAG 528
Lys Ser Arg Tyr Lys Ser Trp Ser Val Pro Cys Gly Pro Cys Ser Glu
160 165 170
CGG AGA MG CAT TTG m GTA CM GAT CCG CAG ACG TGT MA TGT TCC 576
Arg Arg Lys His Leu Phe Val Gln Asp Pro Gln Thr Cys Lys Cys Ser
175 180 185
TGC MM MC ACA GAC TCG CGT TGC MG GCG AGG CAG CTT GAG TTA MC 624
Cys Lys Asn Thr Asp Ser Arg Cys Lys Ala Arg Gln Leu Glu Leu Asn
190 195 200
GM CGT ACT TGC AGA TGT GAC MG CCG AGG CGG TGATGMTGA ATGAGGATCC 677
Glu Arg Thr Cys Arg Cys Asp Lys Pro Arg Arg
205 210 215
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 728 base pairs
( B ) TYPE: nucl ei c aci d
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: doubl e
( D ) TOPOLOGY: both
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(8) LOCATION: 13..711
(D) 3THER INFORMATION: /product= ''VEGFz06-encoding DNA"
( i x ) FEATURE:
( A ) NAME / KEY: CDS
(8) LOCATION: 13..90
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= leader sequence encoding DNA
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96l36362 PCTIUS96107164
124
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
GGATCCGMM CC ATG MC m CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG CAT TGG AGC CTT 48
Met Asn Phe Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Ser Leu
5 10
GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC MG TGG TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 96
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Trp Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro
15 20 25
ATG GCA GM GGA GGA GGG CAG MT CAT CAC GM GTG GTG AAG TTC ATG 144
Met Ala Glu G1y Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Glu Val Val Lys Phe Met
30 35 40
GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA ATC GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 192
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Ile Glu Thr Leu Val Asp
45 50 55 60
ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TAC ATC TTC MG CCA TCC 240
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Tyr Ile Phe Lys Pro Ser
65 70 75
TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC GGG GGC TGC TGC MT GAC GAG GGC CTG 288
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cys Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu
80 85 90
GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC MC ATC ACC ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 336
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Thr Met Gln Ile Met Arg
95 100 105
ATC AM CCT CAC CM GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GAG ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 384
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Gln His Ile Gly Glu Met Ser Phe Leu Gln
110 115 120
CAC MC MM TGT GM TGC AGA CCA MG MG GAT AGA GCA AGA CM GM 432
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro,Lys Lys Asp Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu
125 130 135 140
MM MM TCA GTT CGA GGA MG GGA MG GGG CAA MA CGA MG CGC MG 480
Lys Lys Ser Val Arg Gly Lys Gly Lys Gly Gln Lys Arg Lys Arg Lys
145 150 155
MM TCC CGG TAT MG TCC TGG AGC GTT TAC GTT GGT GCC CGC TGC TGT 528
Lys Ser Arg Tyr Lys Ser Trp Ser Val Tyr Val Gly Ala Arg Cys Cys
160 165 170
CTA ATG CCC TGG AGC eTc ccr GGC CCC CAT CCC TGT GGG CCT TGC TCA 576
Leu Met Pro Trp Ser Leu Pro Gly Pro His Pro Cys Gly Pro Cys Ser
175 180 185
GAG CGG AGA MG CAT TTG TTT GTA CM GAT CCG CAG ACG TGT MM TGT 624
Glu Arg Arg Lys His Leu Phe Val Gln Asp Pro Gln Thr Cys Lys Cys
190 195 200
TCC TGC MM MC ACA GAC TCG CGT TGC MG GCG AGG CAG CTT GAG TTA 672
Ser Cys Lys Asn Thr Asp Ser Arg Cys Lys Ala Arg Gln Leu Glu Leu
205 210 215 220
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
125
M C G M CGT ACT TGC AGA TGT GAC M G CCG AGG CGG TGATG M TGA 718
Asn Glu Arg Thr Cys Arg Cys Asp Lys Pro Arg Arg
225 230 235
ATGAGGATCC 728
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:S:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 208 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..627
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note "human HBEGF precursor"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5:
Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Leu Phe Leu Ala Ala Val
1 5 10 15
~eu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Glu Arg Leu Arg Arg Gly
Leu Ala Ala Gly Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Pro Thr Val Ser Thr Asp
Gln Leu Leu Pro Leu Gly Gly Gly Arg Asp Arg Lys Val Arg Asp Leu
Gln Glu Ala Asp Leu Asp Leu Leu Arg Val Thr Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro
~ln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Asn Lys Glu Glu His Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys
~ys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pro Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr
100 105 110
Lys Asp Phe Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Lys Tyr Val Lys Glu Leu Arg
115 120 125
Ala Pro Ser Cys Ile Cys His Pro Gly Tyr His Gly Glu Arg Cys His
130 135 140
Gly Leu Ser Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Arg Leu Tyr Thr Tyr Asp His Thr
145 150 155 160
Thr Ile Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Ser Ser Val Cys Leu Leu
165 170 175
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
126
Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr His Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr
180 185 190
~sp Val Glu Asn Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gly Met Thr Asn Ser His
195 200 205
~2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 77 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: unknown
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note "human mature HBEGF"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
Arg Val Thr Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Asn Lys
1 5 10 15
Glu Glu His Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Giy Lys Lys
Arg Asp Pro Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr Lys Asp Phe Cys Ile His G:ly Glu
~5
Cys Lys Tyr Val Lys Glu Leu Arg Ala Pro Ser Cys Ile Cys His Pro
Gly Tyr His Gly Glu Arg Cys ~is Gly Leu Ser Leu Pro
65 70 75
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 208 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: unknown
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note "monkey HBEGF precursor"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:7:
Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Leu Leu Leu Ala Ala Val
1 5 10 15
Leu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Glu Gln Leu Arg Arg~Gly
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
127
Leu Ala Ala Gly Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Ser Thr Gly Ser Thr Asp
Gln Leu Leu Arg Leu Gly Gly Gly Arg Asp Arg Lys Val Arg Asp Leu
Gln Glu Ala Asp Leu Asp Leu Leu Arg Val Thr Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro
Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Ser Lys Glu Glu His Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys
Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pro Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr
100 105 110
Lys Asp Phe Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Lys Tyr Val Lys Glu Leu Arg
115 120 125
Ala Pro Ser Cys Ile Cys His Pro Gly Tyr His Gly Glu Arg Cys His
130 135 140
Gly Leu Ser Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Arg Leu Tyr Thr Tyr Asp His Thr
145 150 155 160
Thr Ile Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Ser Ser Val Cys Leu Leu
165 170 175
Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr His Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr
180 185 190
Asp Val Glu Asn Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gly Met Thr Asn Ser His
195 200 205
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:8:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 208 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: unknown
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note "rat HBEGF precursor"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:8:
Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Leu Phe Leu Ala Ala Val
1 5 10 15
Leu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Glu Arg Leu Arg Arg Gly
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI~/US96/07164
128
Leu Ala Ala Ala Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Pro Thr Gly Thr Thr Asn
Gln Leu Leu Pro Thr Gly Ala Asp Arg Ala Gln Glu Val Gln Asp Leu
Glu Gly Thr Asp Leu Asp Leu Phe Lys Val Ala Phe Ser Ser Lys Pro
Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Gly Lys Glu Lys Asn Gly Lys Lys Lys Arg
Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pro Cys Leu Lys Lys Tyr
100 105 110
Lys Asp Tyr Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Arg Tyr Leu Lys Glu Leu Arg
115 120 lZ5
Ile Pro Ser Cys His Cys Leu Pro Gly Tyr His Gly Gln Arg Cys His
130 135 140
Gly Leu Thr Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Pro Leu Tyr Thr Tyr Asp His Thr
145 150 155 160
Thr Val Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Ser Ser Val Cys Leu Leu
165 170 175
Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr His Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr
180 185 190
Asp Leu Glu Ser Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gly Met Ala Ser Ser His
195 200 205
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:9:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 627 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: both
(ii~ MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS =-
(B) LOCATION: 1..627
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note "human HBEGF precursor"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:9:
ATG MG CTG CTG CCG TCG GTG GTG CTG AAG CTC TTT CTG GCT GCA GTT 48
Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Leu Phe Leu Ala Ala Val
1 5 10 15
CTC TCG GCA CTG GTG ACT GGC GAG AGC CTG GAG CGG CTT CGG AGA GGG 96
Leu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Glu Arg Leu Arg Arg Gly
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIIUS96/07164
129
CTA GCT GCT GGA ACC AGC MC CCG GAC CCT CCC ACT GTA TCC ACG GAC 144
Leu Ala Ala Gly Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Pro Thr Val Ser Thr Asp
35 40 45
CAG CTG CTA CCC CTA GGA GGC GGC CGG GAC CGG MM GTC CGT GAC TTG 192
Gln Leu Leu Pro Leu Gly Gly Gly Arg Asp Arg Lys Val Arg Asp Leu
50 55 60
CM GAG GCA GAT CTG GAC CTT TTG AGA GTC ACT TTA TCC TCC MG CCA 240
Gln Glu Ala Asp Leu Asp Leu Leu Arg Val Thr Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro
65 70 75 80
CM GCA CTG GCC ACA CCA MC MG GAG GAG CAC GGG MM AGA MG MG 288
Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Asn Lys Glu Glu His Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys
85 90 95
MM GGC MG GGG CTA GGG MG MG AGG GAC CCA TGT CTT CGG MM TAC 336
Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pro Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr
100 105 110
MG GAC TTC TGC ATC CAT GGA GM TGC MM TAT GTG MG GAG CTC CGG 384
Lys Asp Phe Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Lys Tyr Val Lys Glu Leu Arg
115 120 125
GCT CCC TCC TGC ATC TGC CAC CCG GGT TAC CAT GGA GAG AGG TGT CAT 432
Ala Pro Ser Cys Ile Cys His Pro Gly Tyr His Gly Glu Arg Cys His
130 135 140
GGG CTG AGC CTC CCA GTG GM MT CGC TTA TAT ACC TAT GAC CAC ACA 480
Gly Leu Ser Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Arg Leu Tyr Thr Tyr Asp His Thr
145 150 155 160
ACC ATC CTG GCC GTG GTG GCT GTG GTG CTG TCA TCT GTC TGT CTG CTG 528
Thr Ile Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Ser Ser Val Cys Leu Leu
165 170 175
GTC ATC GTG GGG CTT CTC ATG TTT AGG TAC CAT AGG AGA GGA GGT TAT 576
Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr His Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr
180 185 190
GAT GTG GM MT GM GAG MM GTG MG TTG GGC ATG ACT MT TCC CAC 624
Asp Val Glu Asn Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gly Met Thr Asn Ser His
195 200 205
TGA 627
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 155 amino acids
(8) TYPE: amino acid
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: s i ngl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
130
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "FGF-1"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10: -
Met Ala Glu Gly G]u Ile Thr Thr Phe Thr Ala Leu Thr Glu Lys Phe
1 5 10 15
Asn Leu Pro Pro Gly Asn Tyr Lys Lys Pro Lys Leu Leu Tyr Cys Ser
Asn Gly Gly His Phe Leu Arg Ile Leu Pro Asp Gly Thr Val Asp Gly
Thr Arg Asp Arg Ser Asp Gln His Ile Gln Leu Gln Leu Ser Ala Glu
Ser Val Gly Glu Val Tyr Ile Lys Ser Thr Glu Thr Gly Gln Tyr Leu
Ala Met Asp Thr Asp Gly Leu Leu Tyr Gly Ser Gln Thr Pro Asn Glu
Glu Cys Leu Phe Leu Glu Arg Leu Glu Glu Asn His Tyr Asn Thr Tyr
100 105 110
Ile Ser Lys Lys His Ala Glu Lys Asn Trp Phe Val Gly Leu Lys Lys
115 120 125
Asn Gly Ser Cys Lys Arg Gly Pro Arg Thr His Tyr Gly Gln Lys Ala
130 135 140
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Leu Pro Val Ser Ser Asp
145 150 155
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 155 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "FGF-2"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:i1 ==
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser n e Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
1 5 10 15
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe iys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
131
~ Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 ~ 125
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser
145 150 155
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 239 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "FGF-3"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:12:
Met Gly Leu Ile Trp Leu Leu Leu Leu Ser Leu Leu Glu Pro Gly Trp
1 5 10 15
Pro Ala Ala Gly Pro Gly Ala Arg Leu Arg Arg Asp Ala Gly Gly Arg
Gly Gly Val Tyr Glu His Leu Gly Gly Ala Pro Arg Arg Arg Lys Leu
Tyr Cys Ala Thr Lys Tyr His Leu Gln Leu His Pro Ser Gly Arg Val
Asn Gly Ser Leu Glu Asn Ser Ala Tyr Ser Ile Leu Glu Ile Thr Ala
Val Glu Val Gly Ile Val Ala Ile Arg Gly Leu Phe Ser Gly Arg Tyr
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
132
Leu Ala Met Asn Lys Arg Gly Arg Leu Tyr Ala Ser Glu His Tyr Ser
100 105 110
Ala Glu Cys Glu Phe Val Glu Arg Ile His Glu Leu Gly Tyr Asn Thr
115 120 125
Tyr Ala Ser Arg Leu Tyr Arg Thr Val Ser Ser Thr Pro Gly Ala Arg
130 135 140
Arg Gln Pro Ser Ala Glu Arg Leu Trp Tyr Val Ser Val Asn Gly Lys
145 150 155 160
Gly Arg Pro Arg Arg Gly Phe Lys Thr Arg Arg Thr Gln Lys Ser Ser
165 170 175
Leu Phe Leu Pro Arg Val Leu Asp His Arg Asp His Glu Met Val Arg
180 135 190
Gln Leu Gln Ser Gly Leu Pro Arg Pro Pro Gly Lys Gly Val Gln Pro
195 200 205
Arg Arg Arg Arg Gln Lys Gln Ser Pro Asp Asn Leu Glu Pro Ser His
210 215 220
Val Gln Ala Ser Arg Leu Gly Ser Gln Leu Glu Ala Ser Ala His
225 230 235
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:13:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 206 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= FGF-4
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:13:
Met Ser Gly Pro Gly Thr Ala Ala Val Ala Leu Leu Pro Ala Val Leu
1 - 5 10 15
Leu Ala Leu Leu Ala Pro Trp Ala Gly Arg Gly Gly Ala Ala Ala Pro
Thr Ala Pro Asn Gly Thr Leu Glu Ala Glu Leu Glu Arg Arg Trp Glu
-40 45
Ser Leu Val Ala Leu Ser Leu Ala Arg Leu Pro Val Ala Ala Gln Pro
- ~60
Lys Glu Ala Ala Val G'n Ser Gly Ala Gly Asp Tyr Leu Leu Gly Ile
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
33
Lys Arg Leu Arg Arg Leu Tyr Cys Asn Val Gly Ile Gly Phe His Leu
Gln Ala Leu Pro Asp Gly Arg Ile Gly Gly Ala His Ala Asp Thr Arg
100 105 110
Asp Ser Leu Leu Glu Leu Ser Pro Val Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile
115 120 125
Phe Gly Val Ala Ser Arg Phe Phe Val Ala Met Ser Ser Lys Gly Lys
130 135 140
Leu Tyr Gly Ser Pro Phe Phe Thr Asp Glu Cys Thr Phe Lys Glu Ile
145 150 155 160
Leu Leu Pro Asn Asn Tyr Asn Ala Tyr Glu Ser Tyr Lys Tyr Pro Gly
165 170 175
Met Phe Ile Ala Leu Ser Lys Asn Gly Lys Thr Lys Lys Gly Asn Arg
180 185 190
Val Ser Pro Thr Met Lys Val Thr His Phe Leu Pro Arg Leu
195 200 205
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:14:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 268 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
~C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "FGF-5"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:14:
Met Ser Leu Ser Phe Leu Leu Leu Leu Phe Phe Ser His Leu Ile Leu
1 5 10 15
Ser Ala Trp Ala His Gly Glu Lys Arg Leu Ala Pro Lys Gly Gln Pro
Gly Pro Ala Ala Thr Asp Arg Asn Pro Ile Gly Ser Ser Ser Arg Gln
Ser Ser Ser Ser Ala Met Ser Ser Ser Ser Ala Ser Ser Ser Pro Ala
Ala Ser Leu Gly Ser Gln Gly Ser Gly Leu Glu Gln Ser Ser Phe Gln
Trp Ser Pro Ser~Gly Arg Arg Thr Gly Ser Leu Tyr Cys Arg Val Gly
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
134
Ile Gly Phe His Leu Gln Ile Tyr Pro Asp Gly Lys Val Asn Gly Ser
100 105 110
His Glu Ala Asn Met Leu Ser Val Leu Glu Ile Phe Ala Val Ser Gln
115 120 125
~y 11e Val Gly Ile Arg Gly Val Phe Ser Asn Lys Phe Leu Ala Met
130 135 140
Ser Lys Lys Gly Lys Leu His Ala Ser Ala Lys Phe Thr Asp Asp Cys
145 150 155 160
Lys Phe Arg Glu Arg Phe Gln Glu Asn Ser Tyr Asn Thr Tyr Ala Ser
165 170 175
Ala Ile His Arg Thr Glu Lys Thr Gly Arg Glu Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu
180 185 190
Asn Lys Arg Gly Lys Ala Lys Arg Gly Cys Ser Pro Arg Val Lys Pro
195 200 205
Gln His Ile Ser Thr His Phe Leu Pro Arg Phe Lys Gln Ser Glu Gln
210 215 220
Pro Glu Leu Ser Phe Thr Val Thr Val Pro Glu Lys Lys Asn Pro Pro
225 230 235 240
Ser Pro Ile Lys Ser Lys Ile Pro Leu Ser Ala Pro Arg Lys Asn Thr
245 250 255
Asn Ser Val Lys Tyr Arg Leu Lys Phe Arg Phe Gly
260 265
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:15:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 198 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "FGF-6"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:15: ~
Met Ser Arg Gly Ala Gly Arg Leu Gln Gly Thr Leu Trp Ala Leu Val
1 5 10 15
Phe Leu Gly Ile Leu Val Gly Met Val Val Pro Ser Pro Ala Gly Thr
Arg Ala Asn Asn Thr Leu Leu Asp Ser Arg Gly Trp Gly Thr Leu Leu
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
Ser Arg Ser Arg Ala Gly Leu Ala Gly Glu Ile Ala Gly Val Asn Trp
Glu Ser Gly Tyr Leu Val Gly Ile Lys Arg Gln Arg Arg Leu Tyr Cys
Asn Val Gly Ile Gly Phe His Leu Gln Val Leu Pro Asp Gly Arg Ile
Ser Gly Thr His Glu Glu Asn Pro Tyr Ser Leu Leu Glu Ile Ser Thr
100 105 110
Val Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Leu Phe Gly Val Arg Ser Ala Leu Phe
115 120 125
Val Ala Met Asn Ser Lys Gly Arg Leu Tyr Ala Thr Pro Ser Phe Gln
130 135 140
Glu Glu Cys Lys Phe Arg Glu Thr Leu Leu Pro Asn Asn Tyr Asn Ala
145 150 155 160
Tyr Glu Ser Asp Leu Tyr Gln Gly Thr Tyr Ile Ala Leu Ser Lys Tyr
165 170 175
Gly Arg Val Lys Arg Gly Ser Lys Val Ser Pro Ile Met Thr Val Thr
180 185 190
His Phe Leu Pro Arg Ile
195
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:16:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 194 amino acids
(5) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "FGF-7
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:16:
Met His Lys Trp Ile Leu Thr Trp Ile Leu Pro Thr Leu Leu Tyr Arg
1 5 10 15
Ser Cys Phe His Ile Ile Cys Leu Val Gly Thr Ile Ser Leu Ala Cys
Asn Asp Met Thr Pro Glu Gln Met Ala Thr Asn Val Asn Cys Ser Ser
Pro Glu Arg His Thr Arg Ser Tyr Asp Tyr Met Glu Gly Gly Asp Ile
50 55 60
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI~/US96/0716'~
136
Arg Val Arg Arg Leu Phe Cys Arg Thr Gln Trp Tyr Leu Arg Ile Asp
Lys Arg Gly Lys Val Lys Gly Thr Gln Glu Met Lys Asn Asn Tyr Asn
Ile Met Glu Ile Arg Thr Val Ala Val Gly Ile Val Ala Ile Lys Gly
100 105 110
Val Glu Ser Glu Phe Tyr Leu Ala Met Asn Lys Glu Gly Lys Leu Tyr
115 120 125
Ala Lys Lys Glu Cys Asn Glu Asp Cys Asn Phe Lys Glu Leu Ile Leu
130 135 140
Glu Asn His Tyr Asn Thr Tyr Ala Ser Ala Lys Trp Thr His Asn Gly
145 150 155 160
Gly Glu Met Phe Val Ala Leu Asn Gln Lys Gly Ile Pro Val Arg Gly
165 170 175
Lys Lys Thr Lys Lys Glu Gln Lys Thr Ala His Phe Leu Pro Met Ala
180 185 190
Ile Thr
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:17:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 215 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= FGF-8
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:17:
Met Gly Ser Pro Arg Ser A1a Leu Ser Cys Leu Leu Leu His Leu Leu
1 5 10 15
Val Leu Cys Leu Gln Ala Gln Val Thr Val Gln Ser Ser Pro Asn Phe
Thr Gln His Val Arg Glu Gln Ser Leu Val Thr Asp Gln Leu Ser Arg
Arg Leu Ile Arg Thr Tyr Gin Leu Tyr Ser Arg Thr Ser Gly Lys His
Val Gln Val Leu Ala Asn Lys Arg Ile Asn Ala Met Ala Glu Asp Gly
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96136362 PCT/US96/07164
137
Asp Pro Phe Ala Lys Leu Ile Val Glu Thr Asp Thr Phe Gly Ser Arg
Val Arg Val Arg Gly Ala Glu Thr Gly Leu Tyr Ile Cys Met Asn Lys
100 105 110
Lys Gly Lys Leu Ile Ala Lys Ser Asn Gly Lys Gly Lys Asp Cys Val
115 120 125
Phe Thr Glu Ile Val Leu Glu Asn Asn Tyr Thr Ala Leu Gln Asn Ala
130 135 140
Lys Tyr Glu Gly Trp Tyr Met Ala Phe Thr Arg Lys Gly Arg Pro Arg
145 150 155 160
Lys Gly Ser Lys Thr Arg Gln His Gln Arg Glu Val His Phe Met Lys
165 170 175
Arg Leu Pro Arg Gly His His Thr Thr Glu Gln Ser Leu Arg Phe Glu
180 185 190
Phe Leu Asn Tyr Pro Pro Phe Thr Arg Ser Leu Arg Gly Ser Gln Arg
195 200 205
Thr Trp Ala Pro Glu Pro Arg
210 215
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:18:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 208 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "FGF-9"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:18:
Met Ala Pro Leu Gly Glu Val Gly Asn Tyr Phe Gly Val Gln Asp Ala
1 5 10 15
Val Pro Phe Gly Asn Val Pro Val Leu Pro Val Asp Ser Pro Val Leu
Leu Ser Asp His Leu Gly Gln Ser Glu Ala Gly Gly Leu Pro Arg Gly
Pro Ala Val Thr Asp Leu Asp His Leu Lys Gly Ile Leu Arg Arg Arg
: 60
Gln Leu Tyr Cys Arg Thr Gly Phe His Leu Glu Ile Phe Pro Asn Gly
~ 70 75 80
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
138
Thr Ile Gln Gly Thr Arg Lys Asp His Ser Arg Phe Gly Ile Leu Glu
Phe Ile Ser Ile Ala Val Gly Leu Val Ser Ile Arg Gly Val Asp Ser
100 105 110
Gly Leu Tyr Leu Gly Met Asn Glu Lys~Gly Glu Leu Tyr Gly Ser Glu
115 120 lZ5
Lys Leu Thr Gln Glu Cys Val Phe Arg Glu Gln Phe Glu Glu Asn Trp
130 135 140
Tyr Asn Thr Tyr Ser Ser Asn Leu Tyr Lys His Val Asp Thr Gly Arg
145 150 155 160
Arg Tyr Tyr Val Ala Leu Asn Lys Asp Gly Thr Pro Arg Glu Gly Thr
165 170 175
Arg Thr Lys Arg His Gln Lys Phe Thr His Phe Leu Pro Arg Pro Val
180 185 190
Asp Pro Asp Lys Val Pro Glu Leu Tyr Lys Asp Ile Leu Ser Gln Ser
195 . 200 205
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:19:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 804 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_feature
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Nucleotide sequence
corresponding to the clone M13 mpl8-G4 in Example I.B.2."
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat peptide
(B) LOCATION: 46..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= ""Saporin""
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:19:
GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT C M TTT TCA GCT TGG ACA ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 48
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Thr Thr Thr Asp Ala Val
-15 -10 -5
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
139
ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA 96
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser
5 10 15
TCT m GTG GAT MM ATC CGA MC MT GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MM 144
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys
20 25 30
TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MM GM MM 192
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys
35 40 45
TTC CTT AGA ATT MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 240
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly
50 55 60 65
CTA MM CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC 288
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn
70 75 80
ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC MM TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC 336
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala
85 90 95
GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT 384
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala
100 105 110
TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA 432
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile
115 120 125
ACA CAG GGA GAT MM AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA 480
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu
130 135 140 145
CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM 528
Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys
150 155 160
MC GM GCT AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA 576
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile ATa Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val
165 170 175
GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC 624
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn
180 185 190
MG TTC GAC TCG GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM TTT GM GTC AGC TGG CGT 672
Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg
195 200 205
MG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG TTT MT 720
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn
210 215 220 225
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
140
MM GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG m GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG MG GAC TTG 768
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu
230 235 240
CM ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA MG 804
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
245 250
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:20:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 804 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: doubl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..8Q4
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mi sc_feature
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Nucleotide sequence
corresponding to the clone M13 mpl8-G1 in Example I.B.2."
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
( B ) LOCATION: 46. .804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= Saporin"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:20:
GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CAA m TCA GCT TGG ACA ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 48
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Thr Thr Thr Asp Ala Val
-15 -10 -5
ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA 96
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser~
5 10 15
TCT TTT GTG GAT MM ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG AM 144
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys
20 25 30
TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT AM GM MA 192
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys
35 40 45
TTC CTT AGA ATT MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 240
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96107164
141
CTA MM CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC 288
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn
70 75 80
ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AGA TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC 336
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Arg Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala
85 90 95
GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT 384
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala
100 105 110
TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA 432
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile
115 120 125
ACA CAG GGA GAT MA TCA AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA 480
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu
130 135 140 145
CTT TTG ACG TCC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM 528
Leu Leu Thr Ser Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys
150 155 160
MC GM GCT AGG m CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA 576
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val
165 170 175
GCA CGA m CGG TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC 624
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn
180 185 190
MG TTC GAC TCG GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM TTT GM GTC AGC TGG CGT 672
Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg
195 200 205
MG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGA GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG TTT MT 720
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn
210 215 220 225
MM GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG 768
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu
230 235 240
CM ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC AM CCA MG 804
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
245 250
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:21:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 804 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: doubl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 9''~636'~ PCT/US96/07164
142
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
( i x) FEATURE ~
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_feature
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Nucleotide sequence
corresponding to the clone M13 mpl8-G2 in Example I.B.2."
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 46..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:21:
GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CM TTT TCA GCT TGG ACA ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 48
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Thr Thr Thr Asp Ala Val
-15 -10 -5
ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACT GCG GGT CM TAC TCA 96
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser
5 10 15
TCT m GTG GAT MA ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MA 144
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys
20 25 30
TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT AAA GAT MA 192
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Asp Lys
35 40 45
TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 240
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly
50 55 60 65
CTA MM CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC 288
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn
70 75 80
ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC MM TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC 336
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala
85 90 95
GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC- CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT 384
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala
100 105 110
TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA ~32
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile
115 120 125
ACA CAG GGA GAT AM AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA _ 480
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu
130 135 140 145
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96107164
143
CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MA 528
Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys
150 155 160
AAC GM GCT AGG m CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA 576
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val
165 170 175
GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC 624
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn
180 185 190
MG TTC GAC TCG GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM TTT GM GTC AGC TGG CGT 672
Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg
195 Z00 205
MG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA MC GGC GTG m MT 720
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn
210 215 220 225
AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA MA GTG AGG CAG GTG MG GAC TTG 768
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu
230 235 240
CM ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA MG 804
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
245 250
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEq ID NO:22:
(i ~ SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 804 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mi sc feature
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Nucleotide sequence
corresponding to the clone M13 mpl8-G7 in Example I.B.2."
( i x~ FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
( B ) LOCAT I ON: 46. .804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:22:
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI~/US96/07164
144
GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CM m TCA GCT TGG ACA ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 48
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Thr Thr Thr Asp Ala Val
-15 =10 -5
ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA 96
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln ryr Ser
5 10 15
TCT m GTG GAT MA ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MA 144
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys
20 25 30
TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MM GM MM 192
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys
35 40 45
TTC CTT AGA ATT MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 240
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly
50 55 60 65
CTA MM CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC 288
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn
70 75 80
ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AGA TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC 336
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Arg Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala~
85 90 95
GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT 384
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala
100 105 110
TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA 432
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile
115 120 125
ACA CAG GGA GAT MM TCA AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA 480
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu
130 135 140 145
CTT TTG ACG TCC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM 528
Leu Leu Thr Ser Met Glu Ala Val Asn Ly5 Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys
150 155 160
MC GM GCT AGA TTC CTT CTT ATC GCT ATT CAG ATG ACG GCT GAG GCA ~ 576
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Ala
165 170 175
GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATA CM MC TTG GTA ATC MG MC TTT CCC MC 624
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Ile Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn
180 185 190
MG TTC AAC TCG GM AAC MM GTG ATT CAG TTT GAG GTT MC TGG MM 672
Lys Phe Asn Ser Glu Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Asn Trp Lys
195 200 205
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96136362 PCT/US96/07164
145
MM ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG TTT MT 720
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn
210 215 220 225
MM GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG m GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG MG GAC TTG 768
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu
230 235 240
CM ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA MG 804
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
245 250
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:23:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 804 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_feature
(B) LOCATION: 1..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Nucleotide sequence
corresponding to the clone M13 mpl8-G9 in Example I.B.2."
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 46..804
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:23:
GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CM TTT TCA GCT TGG ACA ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 48
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Thr Thr Thr Asp Ala Val
-15 -10 -5
ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA 96
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser
5 10 15
TCT TTT GTG GAT MM ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MM 144
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys
20 25 30
TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MA GM AM 192
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96136362 PCI'IUS96/07164
146
TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 240
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly
50 55 60 65
CTA MA CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC 288
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn
70 75 80
ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AGA TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC 336
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Arg Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala
85 90 95
GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT 384
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala
100 105 110
TTA GM TAC ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATT GM AAG MT GCC CAG ATA 432
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile
115 120 125
ACA CM GGA GAT CM AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATT GAC TTA 480
Thr Gln Gly Asp Gln Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Giy Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu
130 135 140 145
CTT TCA ACG TCC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM 528
Leu Ser Thr Ser Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys
150 155 160
GAC GAA GCT AGA TTC CTT CTT ATC GCT ATT CAG ATG ACG GCT GAG GCA 576
Asp Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Ala
165 170 175
GCG CGA m AGG TAC ATA CAA AAC TTG GTA ATC MG AAC TTT CCC AAC 624
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Ile Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn
180 185 190
MG TTC MC TCG GAA MC AM GTG ATT CAG m GAG GTT MC TGG AAA 672
Lys Phe Asn Ser Glu Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Asn Trp Lys
195 200 205
MM ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG TTT MT 720
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn
210 215 220 225
AM GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA MA GTG AGG CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG 768
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg G1n Val Lys Asp Leu
230 235 240
CM ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC AAA CCA MG 804
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
245 250
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:24:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids
(E) TYPE: amino acid
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
47
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..7
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:24:
Pro Lys Lys Arg Lys Val Glu
I 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:25:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 8 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..8
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:25:
Pro Pro Lys Lys Ala Arg Glu Val
I 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:26:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 9 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLQGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..9
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:26:
Pro Ala Ala Lys Arg Val Lys Leu Asp
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:27:
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
148
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..5
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:27:
Lys Arg Pro Arg Pro
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:28:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..5
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:28:
Ly5 Ile Pro Ile Lys
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:29:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE: - - ~
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 19
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:29:
Gly Lys Arg Lys Arg Lys Ser
1 5
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
149
,~
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:30:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 9 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii~ MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..9
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:30:
Ser Lys Arg Val Ala Lys Arg Lys Leu
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:31:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 9 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..9
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product- nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:31:
Ser His Trp Lys Gln Lys Arg Lys Phe
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:32:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 8 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..8
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/3636Z PCT/US96/07164
~ 150
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:32: .
Pro Leu Leu Lys Lys Ile Lys Gln
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:33:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..7
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:33:
Pro Gln Pro Lys Lys Lys Pro
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:34:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1 .15
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:34:
Pro Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys Glu Met Thr Lys Gln Lys Glu Val Pro
1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:35:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 12 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
~ 151
(B) LOCATION: 1..12
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:35:
Gly Arg Lys Lys Arg Arg Gln Arg Arg Arg Ala Pro
1 5 10
(Z) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:36:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..7
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:36:
Asn Tyr Lys Lys Pro Lys Leu
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:37:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..7
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear transloca~ion sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:37:
His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:38:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
-
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
W O 96/36362 PC~rrUS96/07164
152
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..7
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:38:
Ala Pro Arg Arg Arg Lys Leu
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:39:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 6 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..6
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:39:
Ile Lys Arg Leu Arg Arg
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:40:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 6 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..6
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:40: -- - -- ---
Ile Lys Arg Gln Arg Arg
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:41:
_
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
53
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..5
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product2 nuclear translocation sequence
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:41:
Ile Arg Val Arg Arg
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:42:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Cytoplasmic Translocation
Signal"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:42:
Lys Asp Glu Leu
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:43:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Cytoplasmic Translocation
Signal"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:43:
Arg Asp Glu Leu
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
154
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:44:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Cytoplasmic Translocation
Signal"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:44:
Lys Glu Glu Leu
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:45:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 23 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Endosome-disruptive peptide INF"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:45:
Gly Leu Phe Glu Ala Ile Glu Gly Phe Ile Glu Asn Gly Trp Glu Gly
1 5 10 15
Met Ile Asp Gly Gly Gly Cys
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:46:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 24 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Endosome-disruptive peptide INF"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEq ID NO:46:
Gly Leu Phe Glu Ala Ile Glu Gly Phe Ile Glu Asn Gly Trp Glu Gly
1 5 10 15
Met Ile Asp Gly Trp Tyr Gly Cys
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
155
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:47:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 27 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nuc 1 ei c aci d
(C) STRANDEDNESS: si ng1 e
(D) TOPOLOGY: li nea r
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 3..26
(A) NAME/KEY: Gly4Ser with NcoI ends
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:47:
CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GCCATGG 27
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:48:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 42 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: li nea r
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 3..41
(A) NAME/KEY: (Gly4Ser)2 with NcoI ends
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:48:
CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GGC~GGCG GCTCTGCCAT GG 42
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:49:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 75 base pai rs
(B) TYPE: nucl ei c aci d
(C) STRANDEDNESS: si ng 1 e
(D) TOPOLOGY: li nea r
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 3..74
(A) NAME/KEY: (Ser4Gly)4 with NcoI ends
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:49:
CCATGGCCTC GTCGTCGTCG ~G~IC~IC~I CGTCGGGCTC GTCGTCGTCG GG~ 60
_
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
W O 96/36362 PC~r~US96/07164
156
CGTCGGGCGC CATGG 75
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:50:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH:45 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 3..45
(A) NAME/KEY: (Ser4GlY)2
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:50:
CCATGGCCTC GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCGC CATGG 45
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:51:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 8 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS - --
(B) LOCATION: 1..8
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= Flexible linker
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:51:
Ala Ala Pro Ala Ala Ala Pro Ala
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:52:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 465 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..465
(ix) FEATURE:
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
157
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 1..465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:52:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MM AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC m m GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
MT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140
GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC 465
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser
145 150 155
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:53:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1230 base pairs
( B ) TYPE: ruc l ei c aci d
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: doub l e
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCr/US96/07164
158
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1230
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
( B ) LOCATION: 1. .465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
( B ) LOCATI ON: 472. .1230
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:53:
ATG GCT GCT GGT TCT ATC ACT ACT CTG CCG GCT CTG CCG GAA GAC GGT 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
5 10 15
GGT TCT GGT GCT TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala G~iu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 ~35 14Q
GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Val Thr Ser
145 150 155 160
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI~/US96/07164
159
ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA TCT m 528
Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe
165 170 175
GTG GAT MM ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MM TAC GGT 576
Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly
180 185 190
GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MM GM MM TTC CTT 624
Gly Thr Asp I1e Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu
195 200 205
AGA ATT MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA MM 672
Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys
210 215 220
CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT 720
Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn
225 230 235 240
GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC MM TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA 768
Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu
245 250 255
ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT TTA GM 816
Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu
260 265 270
TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG 864
Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln
275 280 285
GGA GAT MM AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG 912
Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu
290 295 300
ACG TTC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM 960
Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu
305 310 315 320
GCT AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA 1008
Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg
325 330 335
TTT AGG TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC 1056
Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe
340 345 350
GAC TCG GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM TTT GM GTC AGC TGG CGT MG ATT 1104
Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile
355 360 365
- TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG TTT MT MM GAT 1152
Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp
370 375 380
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
160
TAT GAT TTC GGG m GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG M G GAC TTG C M ATG 1200
Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met
385 390 395 400
GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA M G 1230
Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
405 410
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:54:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_recomb
(B) LOCATION: 6..11
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /standard_name= "EcoRI Restriction Site"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: sig_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 12..30
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /function= "N-terminal extension" /product= "Native saporin signal
peptide"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:54:
CTGCAG M TT CGCATGGATC CTGCTTC M T 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:55:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: s~ng1e
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: YES
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_recomb
(B) LOCATION: 6..11
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /standard_name= "EcoRI Restriction Site"
(ix) FEATURE~ ~ -
(A) NAME/KEY: terminator
(B) LOCATION: 23..25
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Anti-sense stop codon"
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W O 96/36362 PC~rrUS96/07164
161
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 26..30
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Anti-sense to carboxyl
terminus of mature peptide"
(xi) SEqUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:55
CTGCAG M TT CGCCTCG m GACTAC m G 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:56:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 17 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:56:
AGGAGTGTCT GCTAACC 17
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:57:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 24 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:57:
TTCTAAATCG GTTACCGATG ACTG 24
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:58:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:58:
CATATGTGTG AGCTACTGTC GCCACCGCTC 30
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
162
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:59:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:59:
GGATCCGAGC ACCTGGTATA TCGGTGGGGG 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:60:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 23 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:60:
GGATCCGCCT CG m GACTA CTT 23
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:61:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 59 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION/product= bacteriophage lambda CII ribosome binding site
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6~:
GTCGACCAAG CTTGGGCATA CATTCAATCA ATTGTTATCT AAGGAAATAC TTACATATG 59
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:62: -
(i) SEqUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 59 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= trp promoter
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
163
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:62:
AATTCCCCTG TTGAC M TTA ATCATCGAAC TAGTTAACTA GTACGCAGCT TGGCTGCAG 59
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:63:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 19 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_recomb
(B) LOCATION: 11..16
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /standard_name= "Nco I restriction enzyme recognition site."
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 1..10
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Carboxy terminus of
mature FGF protein"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:63:
GCTAAGAGCG CCATGGAGA 19
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:64:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..12
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Carboxy terminus of
wild type FGF"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_recomb
- (B) LOCATION: 13.. 18
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /standard_name= "Nco I restriction enzyme recognition site"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:64:
GCT AAG AGC TGACCATGGA GA 21
Ala Lys Ser
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
164
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:65:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 102 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..96
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "pFGFNcol"
/note= "Equals the plasmid pFC80 wih native FGF
stop codon removed."
(i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_recomb
(B) LOCATION: 29..34
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /standard_name= "Nco I restriction enzyme recognition site"
(xi) SEQUENCE OESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:65:
CTT m CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GAG ATC CGG CTG MT 48
Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Glu Ile Arg Leu Asn
GGT GCA GTT CTG TAC CGG TTT TCC TGT GCC GTC m CAG GAC TCC TGMMTCTT 102
Gly Ala Val Leu Tyr Arg Phe Ser Cys Ala Val Phe Gln Asp Ser
20 25 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:66:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 36 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 3..35
(A) NAME/KEY: Cathepsin B linker
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:66:
CCATGGCCCT GGCCCTGGCC CTGGCCCTGG CCATGG 36
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
165
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:67:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 51 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucl ei c aci d
(C) STRANDEDNESS: si ngl e
(D) TOPOLQGY: 1inear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 3..50
(A) NAME/KEY: Cathepsin D linker
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:67:
CCATGGGCCG ATCGGGCTTC CTGGGCTTCG GCTTCCTGGG CTTCGCCATGG 51
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:68:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 96 base palrs
(B) TYPE: nuc 1 ei c aci d
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: li near
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 3..95
(A) NAME/KEY: "Trypsi n 1 i nker"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:68:
CCATGGGCCG ATCGGGCGGT GGGTGCGCTG GT M TAGAGT CAG M GATCA GTCGG M GCA 60
GCCTGTCTTG CGGTGGTCTC GACCTGCAGG CCATGG 96
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:69:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 18 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: doub 1 e
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
- (B) LOCATION: 1.. 18
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= Thrombin substrate linker
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
W O 96/36362 PC~r~US96/07164
166
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:69:
CTG GTG CCG CGC GGC AGC 18
Leu Val Pro Arg Gly Ser
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:70:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
~D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE: =
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..15
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= Enterokinase substrate linker
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:70:
GAC GAC GAC GAC CCA 15
Asp Asp Asp Asp Lys
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:71:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 12 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..12
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= Factor Xa substrate
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:71:
ATC G M GGT CGT 12
Ile Glu Gly Ar~
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:72:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1260 base pairs
(B) TYPE nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96107164
167
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1~.1260
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 1. .465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 466...501
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Cathepsin B linker"
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 502..1260
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:72:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly A1a Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GM CGA TTG GAA TCT AAT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
MT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MA TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MA 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
168
GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GCC CTG GCC 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Ala Leu Ala
145 150 155 160
CTG GCC CTG GCC CTG GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA 528
Leu Ala Leu Ala Leu Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val
165 170 175
MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA TCT m GTG GAT MM ATC CGA MC 576
Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn
180 185 190
MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MM TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG 624
Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val
195 200 205
ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MM GM MM TTC CTT AGA ATT MT TTC CM AGT 672
Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser
210 215 220
TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA MM CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG 720
Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val
225 230 235 240
GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC 768
Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr
245 250 255
TTC MM TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG 816
Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu
260 265 270
GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG 864
Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln
275 280 285
TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT MM AGT AGA MM 912
Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys
290 295 300
GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GM GCA GTG 960
Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val
305 310 315 320
MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM GCT AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC 1008
Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile
325 330 335
GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT CM MC 1056
Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn
340 345 350
TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC GAC TCG GAT MC MG GTG 1104
Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val
355 360 365
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
169
ATT C M TTT G M GTC AGC TGG CGT M G ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG 1152
Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly
370 375 380
GAT GCC MM M C GGC GTG m M T MM GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG m GGA 1200
Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly
385 390 395 400
MM GTG AGG CAG GTG M G GAC TTG C M ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG 1248
Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu
405 410 415
GGC MM CCA M G 1260
Gly Lys Pro Lys
420
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:73:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1275 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1275
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 1..465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 466...516
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Cathepsin D linker"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 517..1275
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:73:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
1 5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC M G CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
170
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AAA GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC m m GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
MT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MA CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140
GCT ATA CTT m CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GGC CGA TCG 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Gly Arg Ser
145 150 155 160
GGC TTC CTG GGC TTC GGC TTC CTG GGC TTC GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC 528
Gly Phe Leu Gly Phe GLy Phe Leu GLy Phe Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile
165 170 ~ 175
ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA TCT TrT GTG 576
Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val
180 185 190
GAT MM ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MA TAC GGT GGT 624
Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly
195 200 205
ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MA GM MM TTC CTT AGA 672
Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg
210 215 220
ATT MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA AM CGC 720
Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg
225 230 235 240
GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT GTT 768
Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val
245 250 255
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
171
MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC MM TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC 816
Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr
260 265 270
GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT TTA GM TAC 864
Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr
275 280 285
ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA 912
Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly
290 295 300
GAT MM AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG 960
Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr
305 310 315 320
TTC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM GCT 1008
Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala
325 330 335
AGG m CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT 1056
Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe
340 345 350
AGG TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC GAC 1104
Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp
355 360 365
TCG GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM TTT GM GTC AGC TGG CGT MG ATT TCT 1152
Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser
370 375 380
ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG m MT MM GAT TAT 1200
Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr
385 390 395 400
GAT TTC GGG m GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG MG GAC TTG CM ATG GGA 1248
Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly
405 410 415
CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA MG 1275
Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
420 425
(2) I NFORMAT I ON FOR SEQ I D NO: 74:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1251 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
( D ) TOPOLOGY: unknown
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/I~EY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1251
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCT~US96/07164
172
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_pepti de
(8) LOCATION: 1..465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 466..492
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= " Gly4Ser linker"
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat peptide
(8) LOCATION: 493..1251
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:74:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MA TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAt GAG TGT TTC m TTT GAA CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
MT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG AM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 - 135 140
GCT ATA CTT TTT CTr CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GGC GGC GGC 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Gly Gly Gly
145 150 155 160
-
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
173
GGC TCT GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC 528
Gly Ser Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr
165 170 175
GCG GGT CM TAC TCA TCT m GTG GAT MM ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG 576
Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys
180 185 190
GAT CCA MC CTG MM TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA 624
Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro
195 200 205
CCT TCT MM GM MM TTC CTT AGA ATT MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA 672
Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly
210 215 220
ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA MM CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT 720
Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr
225 230 235 240
CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC MM TCA 768
Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser
245 250 255
GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT 816
Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr
260 265 270
GCA MT CAG MM GCT TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM 864
Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu
275 280 285
MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT MM AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG 912
Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly
290 295 300
TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG 960
Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys
305 310 315 320
GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM GCT AGG m CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM 1008
Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln
325 330 335
ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT 1056
Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr
340 345 350
MG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC GAC TCG GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM m 1104
Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe
355 360 365
GM GTC AGC TGG CGT MG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM 1152
Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys
370 375 380
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
174
M C GGC GTG TTT M T MM GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG m GGA MM GTG AGG 1200
Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg
385 390 3~5 400
CAG GTG M G GAC TTG C M ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TrG GGC MM CCA 1248
Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro
405 410 415
M G ~ 1251
Lys --
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:75:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1266 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE.
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1266
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 1..465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 466..507
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= " (Gly4Ser)2 linker"
(ix) FEATURE:
~A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 508.,1266
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:75:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
1 5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC M G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG : 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Fhe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MM M C GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly~-P~e Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CG'G GAG M G AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC M G CTT C M CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTnUS96/07164
175
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC m m GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
MT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140
GCT ATA CTT m CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GGC GGC GGC 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Gly Gly Gly
145 150 155 160
GGC TCT GGC GGC GGC GGC TCT GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT 528
Gly Ser Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp
165 170 175
CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA TCT m GTG GAT MM ATC 576
Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile
180 185 190
CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MM TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA 624
Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile
195 200 205
GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MM GM MA TTC CTT AGA ATT MT TTC 672
Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe
210 215 220
CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA MM CGC GAT MC TTG 720
Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu
225 230 235 240
TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA 768
Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala
245 250 255
TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG rTA ACC GCC CTT TTC 816
Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe
260 265 270
CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MA GCT TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT 864
Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp
275 280 285
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
176
TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT MM AGT 912
Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser
290 295 300
AGA MA GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GM 960
Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu
305 310 315 320
GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM GCT AGG m CTG 1008
Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu
325 330 335
CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA m AGG TAC ATT 1056
Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile
340 345 350
CM MC TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC GAC TCG GAT MC 1104
Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn
355 360 365
MG GTG ATT CM m GM GTC AGC TGG CGT MG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA 1152
Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile
370 375 380
TAC GGG GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG m MT MA GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG 1200
Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly
385 390 395 400
m GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG MG GAC TTG CM ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG 1248
Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met
405 410 415
TAT TTG GGC MM CCA MG 1266
Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
420
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:76:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1320 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
~D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
( i i ) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1320
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
( B ) LOCAT I ON: 1. .465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
177
o
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
( B ) LOCATI ON: 466. .561
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Trypsin linker"
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_pepti de
(B) LOCATION: 562..1320
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:76:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT m GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
MT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140
GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GGC CGA TCG 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Gly Arg Ser
145 150 155 160
GGC GGT GGG TGC GCT GGT MT AGA GTC AGA AGA TCA GTC GGA AGC AGC 528
Gly Gly Gly Cys Ala Gly Asn Arg Val Arg Arg Ser Val Gly Ser Ser
165 170 175
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
178
CTG TCT TGC GGT GGT CTC GAC CTG CAG GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA 576
Leu Ser Cys Gly Gly Leu Asp Leu Gln Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr
180 185 190
TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA TCT m GTG GAT 624
Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp
195 200 205
MM ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG MM TAC GGT GGT ACC 672
Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr
210 215 220
GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MM GM MM TTC CTT AGA ATT 720
Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile
225 230 235 240
MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA MM CGC GAT 768
Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp
245 250 255
MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT GTT MT 816
Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn
260 265 270
CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC MM TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC 864
Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala
275 280 285
CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT TTA GM TAC ACA 912
Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr
290 ~ 295 300
GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT 960
Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp
305 3io 315 320
MM AGT AGA MA GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC 1008
Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe
325 330 335 .
ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM GCT AGG 1056
Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg
340 345 350
TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA m AGG 1104
Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg
355 360 365
TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT AAG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC GAC TCG 1152
Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser
370 375 380
GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM TTT GM GTC AGC TGG CGT MG ATT TCT ACG 1200
Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr
385 390 395 400
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
179
~ GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM M C GGC GTG m M T MM GAT TAT GAT 1248
Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp
405 410 415
TTC GGG TTT GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG M G GAC TTG C M ATG GGA CTC 1296
Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu
420 425 430
CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA M G 1320
Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
435 440
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:77:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1299 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1299
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat peptide
(B) LOCATION: 1..465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 466..540
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "(Ser4Gly)41inker"
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide
(B) LOCATION: 541..1299
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:77:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Giy
1 5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC M G GAC CCC M G CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MM AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
180
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg G1y Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn'
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC m m GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
MT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140
GCT ATA CTT m CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GCC TCG TCG 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Ala Ser Ser
145 150 155 160
TCG TCG GGC TCG TCG TC'G TCG GGC TCG TCG TCG TCG GGC TCG TCG TCG 528
Ser Ser Gly Ser Ser Ser Ser Gly Ser Ser Ser Ser Gly Ser Ser Ser
165 170 175
TCG GGC GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC 576
Ser Gly Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr
180 185 190
GCG GGT CM TAC TCA TCT TTT GTG GAT MM ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG 624
Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys
195 200 205
GAT CCA MC CTG MM TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA 672
Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro
210 215 220
CCT TCT MM GM MM TTC CTT AGA ATT MT TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA 720
Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly
225 230 235 240
ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA MA CGC GAT MC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT 768
Thr Val Ser Leu G~y Leu Lys Arg'Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr
245 250 255
CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT GTT MT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AM TCA 816
Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser
260 : 265 270
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W 096/36362 PCTrUS96/07164
181
GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT 864
Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr
275 280 285
GCA MT CAG MM GCT TTA GM TAC ACA GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM 912
Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser lle Glu
290 295 300
MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT MM AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG 960
Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly
305 310 315 320
TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GM GCA GTG MC MG MG 1008
Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys
325 330 335
GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM GCT AGG m CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM 1056
Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln
340 345 350
ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT 1104
Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr
355 360 365
MG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC GAC TCG GAT MC MG GTG ATT CM m 1152
Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe
370 375 380
GM GTC AGC TGG CGT MG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM 1200
Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys
385 390 395 400
MC GGC GTG TTT MT MM GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AM GTG AGG 1248
Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg
405 410 415
CAG GTG MG GAC TTG CM ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA 1296
Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro
420 425 430
MG 1299
Lys
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:78:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1269 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double
( D ) TOPOLOGY: unknown
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1269
- -
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
096136362 PCTrUS96/07164
182
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat peptide
(B) LOCATION: 1..465
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "bFGF"
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY mat_pepti de
(B) LOCATION: 466..510
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "(SeraGly)2 linker"
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat peptide
(B) LOCATION: 511..1269
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Saporin"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:78:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala A~a Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
- 5 10 15
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
20 25 30
TAC TGC MA MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC ATC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
35 40 45
GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CAA CTT 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
50 55 60
CM GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC 240
Gln Ala G7u Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
65 70 75 80
CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
85 90 95
GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC m m GM CGA TTG GM TCT AAT MC TAC 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr
100 105 110
AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
115 120 125
CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT MA CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG AM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
130 135 140 3
GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC GCC ATG GCC TCG TCG 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Ala Ser Ser
145 150 155 160
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
183
TCG TCG GGC TCG TCG TCG TCG GGC GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA 528
Ser Ser G1y Ser Ser Ser Ser Gly Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu
165 170 175
GAT CTA GTA MT CCG ACC GCG GGT CM TAC TCA TCT m GTG GAT MM 576
Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys
180 185 190
ATC CGA MC MC GTA MG GAT CCA MC CTG AM TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC 624
Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp
195 200 205
ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT MM GM MM TTC CTT AGA ATT MT 67Z
Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn
210 215 220
TTC CM AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA MM CGC GAT AAC 720
Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn
225 230 235 240
TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT MC ACG MT GTT MT CGG 768
Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg
245 250 255
GCA TAT TAC TTC MM TCA GM ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT 816
Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu
260 265 270
TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA MT CAG MM GCT TTA GM TAC ACA GM 864
Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu
275 280 285
GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GM MG MT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT MM 912
Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys
290 295 300
AGT AGA MM GM CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG 960
Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met
305 310 315 320
GM GCA GTG MC MG MG GCA CGT GTG GTT MM MC GM GCT AGG TTT 1008
Gl u Al a Val Asn Lys Lys Al a Arg Val Val Lys Asn Gl u Al a Arg Phe
325 330 335
CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC 1056
Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr
340 345 350
ATT CM MC TTG GTA ACT MG MC TTC CCC MC MG TTC GAC TCG GAT 1104
Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp
355 360 365
MC MG GTG ATT CM TTT GM GTC AGC TGG CGT MG ATT TCT ACG GCA 1152
Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Tle Ser Thr Ala
370 375 380
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCI'IUS96/07164
184
ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTG TTT MT MM GAT TAT GAT TTC 1200
Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe
385 390 395 400
GGG TTT GGA MM GTG AGG CAG GTG MG GAC TTG CM ATG GGA CTC CTT 1248
Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu
405 410 415
ATG TAT TTG GGC MM CCA MG 1269
Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
420
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:79:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 765 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: 5i ngl e
( D ) TOPOLOGY: l i nea r
( i x) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..762
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "Mammalian codon
optimized saporin"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:79:
ATG GTG ACC TCC ATC ACC CTG GAC CTG GTG MC CCC ACC GCC GGC CAG 48
Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln~
5 10 15
TAC TCC TCC TTC--GTG GAC MG ATC CGC MC MC GTG MG GAC CCC MC 96
Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn
20 25 30
CTG MG TAC GGC GGC ACC GAC ATC GCC GTG ATC GGC CCC CCC TCC MG 144
Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys
35 40 45
GAG MG TTC CTG- CGC ATC MC TTC CAG TCC TCC CGC GGC ACC GTG TCC- 192
Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser
50 55 65
CTG GGC CTG MG CGC GAC MC CTG TAC GTG GTG GCC TAC CTG GCC ATG 240
Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met
65 70 75 80
GAC MC ACC MC GTG MC CGC GCC TAC TAC TTC MG TCC GAG ATC ACC 288
Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr
.
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
185
TCC GCC GAG CTG ACC GCC CTG TTC CCT GAG GCC ACC ACC GCC MC CAG 336
Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln
100 105 110
MG GCC CTG GAG TAC ACC GAG GAC TAC CAG TCC ATC GAG MG MC GCC 384
Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala
115 120 125
CAG ATC ACC CAG GGC GAC MG TCC CGC MG GAG CTC GGG CTG GGC ATC 432
Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile
130 135 140
GAC CTG CTG CTG ACC TTC ATG GAG GCC GTG MC MG MG GCC CGC GTG 480
Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val
145 150 155 160
GTG MG MC GAG GCC CGC TTC CTG CTG ATC GCC ATC CAG ATG ACC GCC 528
Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala
165 170 175
GAG GTG GCC CGC TTC CGC TAC ATC CAG MC CTG GTG ACC MG MC TTC 576
Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe
180 185 190
CCC MC MG TTC GAC TCC GAC MC MG GTG ATC CAG TTC GAG GTC AGC 624
Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser
195 200 205
TGG CGC MG ATC TCC ACC GCC ATC TAC GGC GAC GCC MG MC GGC GTG 672
Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val
210 215 220
TTC MC MG GAC TAC GAC TTC GGC TTC GGC MG GTG CGC CAG GTG MG 720
Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys
225 230 235 240
GAC CTG CAG ATG GGC CTG CTG ATG TAC CTG GGC MG CCC MG 762
Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
245 250
TAG 765
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:80:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1233 base pai rs
( ~ ) TYPE: nucl ei c aci d
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: s i ng l e
( D ) TOPOLOGY: l i nea r ~
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96l36362 PCT/US96/07164
186
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 1..1230
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "E. coli codon optimized
FGF-SAP "
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:80:
ATG GCA GCG GGT TCT ATT ACT ACC CTG CCG GCG CTG CCG GAG GAC GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
255 260 265 270
GGT TCT GGC GCT TTC CCA CCG GGC CAC TTT MG GAC CCG MM CGC CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
275 280 285
TAT TGC MM MC GGT GGT m TTC CTG CGT ATC CAC CCG GAT GGC CGC 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Ile His Pro Asp Gly Arg
290 295 300
GTC GAT GGC GTC CGC GM MG TCT GAT CCG CAC ATC MM CTG CM TTG 192
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu
305 310 315
CM GCA GAG GM CGC GGT GTT GTA AGC ATC MG GGC GTT TGC GCG MT 240
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn
320 325 330
CGT TAC CTG GCG ATG MM GAG GAT GGC CGC CTG CTG GCC TCC MG TGT 288
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys
335 340 345 350
GTA ACC GAT GM TGC TTC TTC TTT GM CGT CTG GAG TCG MC MT TAT 336
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr'
355 360 365
MC ACC TAT CGT AGC CGT MG TAC ACC TCG TGG TAC GTA GCA TTG MM 384
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys
370 375 380
CGC ACC GGT CAG TAC MM CTG GGT TCG MG ACG GGT CCA GGT CAG MM 432
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys
385 390 395
GCA ATT CTG TTC CTG CCA ATG TCG GCC MM TCG GCC ATG GTC ACT TCT 480
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Met Val Thr Ser
400 405 410
ATC ACG CTG GAT CTG GTC MC CCG ACC GCT GGT CAG TAC AGC TCG m 528
Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe
415 420 425 430
GTC GAT MG ATT CGT MT MT GTG MM GAT CCG MT TTA AM TAC GGT 576
Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly
435 440 445
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96107164
187
GGC ACG GAT ATT GCA GTG ATT GGC CCG CCG TCT MG GM MG TTC TTG 624
Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu
450 455 460
CGT ATT MC TTT CM AGC TCT CGC GGC ACT GTG TCT CTG GGC TTA MM 672
Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys
465 470 475
CGC GAT MT TTG TAC GTT GTA GCG TAC CTG GCG ATG GAT MT ACC MT 720
Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn
480 485 490
GTA MC CGT GCT TAC TAT TTC MM AGC GM ATT ACC TCT GCT GM CTG 768
Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu
495 500 505 510
ACT GCA TTA TTC CCG GM GCG ACT ACT GCC MT CAG MM GCC CTG GM 816
Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu
515 520 525
TAT ACC GM GAT TAT CAG TCG ATT GM MM MC GCG CM ATT ACC CAG 864
Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln
530 535 540
GGC GAC MM TCG CGC MM GAG TTG GGT CTG GGT ATT GAC CTG CTG CTG 912
Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu
545 550 555
ACG TTT ATG GAG GCG GTC MC MM MM GCT CGT GTA GTG MM MC GM 960
Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu
560 565 570
GCT CGC TTT CTG CTG ATC GCT ATT CM ATG ACT GCT GM GTT GCT CGT 1008
Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg
575 580 585 590
TTC CGT TAC ATT CAG MC TTG GTT ACT MG MC m CCG MC MM TTC 1056
Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe
595 600 605
GAC TCC GAT MT MG GTT ATT CAG TTC GM GTG AGC TGG CGC MG ATT 1104
Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile
610 615 620
TCG ACG GCT ATT TAT GGC GAT GCC MM MC GGC GTA m MC AM GAT 1152
Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp
625 630 635
TAT GAC TTC GGT TTT GGC MG GTT CGT CAG GTG MM GAT TTG CAG ATG 1200
Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met
640 645 650
GGT CTG CTG ATG TAC TTG GGC MG CCG MM TM 1233
Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys
655 660
CA 02221269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
188
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:81:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 465 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
( C ) STRANDEDNESS: s i ngl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
( B ) LOCATION: 1. .462
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "FGF 2 - Ile Mutation at
Res i due 116 "
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:81:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
415 420 425
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
430 435 440
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg His Pro Asp Gly Arg Val
445 450 455
GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT CM 192
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln
460 465 470
GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC CGT 240
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Vai Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn Arg
475 480 485 490
TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MA TGT GTT ~ 288
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys Val
495 500 505
ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC m-m GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC MT 336
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn
510 515 520
ACT TAC ATA TCA AGG MA TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MA CGA 384
Thr Tyr Ile Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys Arg
525 ---- 530 535
ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC AM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM GCT 432
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala
540 545 550
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTIUS96/07164
189
ATA CTT m CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC TM 465
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser
555 560
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:82:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 465 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: si ngl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
( B ) LOCAT I ON: 1. .462
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "FGF 2 - Glu Mutation at
Residue 119"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:82:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
155 160 165 170
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly5 Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
175 180 185
TAC TGC AM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg His Pro Asp Gly Arg Val
190 195 200
GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT CM 192
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln
205 210 215
GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MM GGA GTG TGT GCT MC CGT 240
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn Arg
220 225 230
TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT GTT 288
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys Val
235 240 245 250
ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GM CGA TTG GM TCT AAT MC TAC MT 336
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn
255 260 265
ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG GM TAC ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM CGA 384
Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Glu Tyr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys Arg
270 275 280
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
190
ACT GGG CAG TAT MM CTT GGA TCC MA ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM GCT 432
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Ly5 Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala
285 290 295
ATA CTT m CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC TM 465
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser
300 305
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:83:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 465 base pairs
( B ) TYPE: nucl ei c aci d
(C) STRANDEDNESS: si ngl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(8) LOCATION: 1..462
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "FGF 2 - Ala Mutation at
Residue 120"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:83:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
155 160 165 170
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
175 180 185
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg His Pro Asp Gly Arg Val
190 195 200
GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT CM 192
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln
205 210 215
GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AAA GGA GTG TGT GCT MC CGT 240
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn,,Arg
220 225 230
TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT MM TGT GTT 288
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys Val
235 = 240 245 250
ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC- TTT m GM CGA TTG GM TCT MT MC TAC MT 336
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn
255 260 265
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCTrUS96107164
191
ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG MM GCA ACC AGT TGG TAT GTG GCA TTG MM CGA 384
Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Ala Thr Ser Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys Arg
270 275 280
a ACT GGG CAG TAT AM CTT GGA TCC MM ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG MM GCT 432
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala
285 290 295
ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT MG AGC TM 465
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser
300 305
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:84:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 465 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: l i near
( i x ) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
( B ) LOCATION: 1. .462
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /product= "FGF 2 - Trp Mutation at
Residue 123"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:84:
ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GCC TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 48
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly
155 160 165 170
GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC MG GAC CCC MG CGG CTG 96
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu
175 180 185
TAC TGC MM MC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 144
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg His Pro Asp Gly Arg Val
190 195 200
GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG MG AGC GAC CCT CAC ATC MG CTT CM CTT CM 192
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln
205 210 215
GCA GM GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC MA GGA GTG TGT GCT MC CGT 240
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gly Val Cys Ala Asn Arg
220 225 230
TAC CTG GCT ATG MG GM GAT GGA AGA TTA CTG GCT TCT AM TGT GTT 288
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys Val
235 240 245 250
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
192
ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC m m G M CGA TTG G M TCT M T M C TAC M T 336
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn
255 260 265
ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT GCA TAT GTG GCA TTG A M CGA 384
Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Ala Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys Arg
270 275 280
ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA ACA GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA GCT 432
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala
285 290 295
ATA CTT m CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT M G AGC T M 465
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser
300 305
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:85:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 60 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Protamine"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:85:
TACATGCCAT GGCCAGGTAC AGATGCTGTC GCAGCCAGAG CCGGAGCAGA TATTACCGCC 60
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:86:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 60 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Protamine"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRrPTION: SEQ ID NO:86:
GCAGCTCCGC CTCCTTCGTC TGCGACTTCT II~ G CGGT M TATC TGCTCCGGCT 60
-
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W O 96/36362 PC~r~US96/07164
193
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:87:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 60 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Protamine"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID ND:87:
GACG M GGAG GCGGAGCTGC CAGACACGGA GGAGAGCCAT GAGGTGCTGC CGCCCCAGGT 60
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:88:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 59 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Protamine"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:88:
ATATATCCTA GGTTAGTGTC TTCTACATCT CGGTCTGTAC CTGGGGCGGC AGCACCTCA 59
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:89:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 66 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
t (D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:89:
CGTATCAGGC GGCCGCCGCC ATGGTGACCT CCATCACCCT GGACCTGGTG AACCCCACCG 60
CCGGCC 66
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
W O 96/36362 P C T~US96/07164
194
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:90:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 69 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLQGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE: --
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:90:
TTGGGGTCCT TCACGTTGTT GCGGATCTTG TCCACG M GG AGGAGTACTG GCCGGCGGTG 60
GGGTTCACC 69
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:91:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 65 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:91:
M C M CGTGA AGGACCCC M CCTG M GTAC GGCGGCACCG ACATCGCCGT GATCGGCCCC 60
CCCTC 65
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:92:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: .-
(A) LENGTH: 65 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
195
txi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:92:
GTGCCGCGGG AGGACTGG M GTTGATGCGC AGG M CTTCT CCTTGGAGGG GGGGCCGATC 60
ACGGC 65
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:93:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 75 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:93:
CTCCCGCGGC ACCGTGTCCC I~GGC~l~ M GCGCGAC M C CTGTACGTGG TGGCCTACCT 60
GGCCATGGAC M CAC 75
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:94:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 77 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear ~~
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:94:
GCGGTCAGCT CGGCGGAGGT GATCTCGGAC TTG M GTAGT AGGCGCGGTT CACGTTGGTG 60
TTGTCCATGG CCAGGTA 77
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:95:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 78 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/IJS96107164
196
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:95:
GCCGAGCTGA CCGCCCTGTT CCCTGAGGCC ACCACCGCCA ACCAG M GGC CCTGGAGTAC 60
ACCGAGGACT ACCAGTCC 78
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:96:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 76 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:96:
AGCCCGAGCT CCTTGCGGGA CTTGTCGCCC TGGGTGATCT GGGCGTTCTT CTCGATGGAC 60
TGGTAGTCCT CGGTGT 76
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:97:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 74 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:97:
TATAGAATTC CTCGGGCTGG GCATCGACCT GCTGCTGACC TTCATGGAGG CCGTG M C M 60
GAAGGCCCGC GTGG 74
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
197
t2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:98:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 68 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:98:
CGGCGGTCAT CTGGATGGCG ATCAGCAGGA AGCGGGCCTC GTTCTTCACC ~ CCT 60
~ 68
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:99:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 70 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:99:
CGCCATCCAG ATGACCGCCG AGGTGGCCCG CTTCCGCTAC ATCCAG M CC TGGTGACC M 60
G M CTTCCCC 70
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:100:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 76 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
- (D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
W O 96/36362 PC~r~US96/07164
198
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:100:
GGCGGATCCC AGCTGACCTC G M CTGGATC A~ l CGGAGTCGAA CTTGTTGGGG 60
M GTTCTTGG TCACCA 76
(Z) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:101:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 61 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:101:
CCGGGATCCG TCAGCTGGCG C M GATCTCC ACCGCCATCT ACGGCGACGC C M G M CGGC 60
G 61
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:102:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 64 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:102:
GCACCTTGCC G M GCCG M G TCGTAGTCCT TGTTG M CAC GCCGTTCTTG GCGTCGCCGT 60
AGAT 64
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:103:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 58 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
CA 02221269 1997-11-14
WO 96/36362 PCT/US96/07164
199
i
ti x) FEATURE: ~ -
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:103:
TTCGGCTTCG GCMGGTGCG CCAGGTGMG GACCTGCAGA TGGGCCTGCT GATGTACC 58
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:104:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 52 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nuclei c acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: singl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(i x) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon
Preferred Saporin"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:104:
TGMCGTGGC GGCCGCCTAC TTGGGCTTGC CCAGGTACAT CAGCAGGCCC AT 52
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:105:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nuclei c acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: si ngl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: li near
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for SAP-6"
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:105:
CATATGTGTG TCACATCMT CACATTAGAT 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:106:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucl ei c acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: si ngl e
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
CA 0222l269 l997-ll-l4
W O 96136362 PC~r~US96/07164
200
(ix) FEATURE: -
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "Primer for SAP-6"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:106:
CAGG m GGA TCC m ACGT T 21
